(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Treasure Island"

Wini 



UNIVERSITY i iORTH CAROLINA 



BOOK CARD 

Please keep this card in 
book pocket 



v 




Si 


1 




[XJK 


! 




I n 


J 




I 3 


Q 




s 


(i 


nn 


[ . "2 


..j 


Ui 


I £ 



,"...,4 



9 



i 5 



Z I 
5 



n 



[ % 



THE LIBRARY OF THE 

UNIVERSITY OF 

NORTH CAROLINA 




ENDOWED BY THE 

DIALECTIC AND PHILANTHROPIC 

SOCIETIES 



PR5486 
• A l 
189k 



v 




This book is due at the LOUIS R. WILSON LIBRARY on the 
last date stamped under "Date Due." If not on hold it may be 
renewed by bringing it to the library. 



DATE 
DUE 



RET. 



DATE 
DUE 



RET. 



■^#e¥ — • ' T r/& 



_ ; 



tm % 7 < *& 



1 o • 






z 



-• ' ?n-i? 



ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON 



TREASURE ISLAND 



Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2013 



http://archive.org/details/treasureislandsteven 



# 













TO 

LLOYD OSBOURNE, 

AN AMERICAN GENTLEMAN, 

m ACCORDANCE WITH WHOSE CLASSIC TASTE 

TOE FOLLOWING NARRATIVE HAS BEEN DESIGNED, 

IT IS NOW, FN RETURN FOR NUMEROUS DELIGHTFUL HOURS^ 

AND WITH THE KINDEST WISHES, 

BeDfcatefc 

BY HIS AFFECTIONATE FRIEND, 
THE AUTHOR 



P 



TO THE HESITATING PURCHASER 

|p sailor tales to sailor tunes, 

Storm and adventure, heat and cold, 
V schooners, islands, and maroons 

And Buccaneers and buried Gold» 
And all the old romance, retold 

Exactly in the ancient way, 
Can please, as me they pleased of o\d, 

The wiser youngsters of to-day : 

—So be it, and fall on! If not, 

M* studious youth no longer crave, 
His ancient appetites forgot, 

Kingston, or Ballantyne the brave, 
Or Cooper of the wood and wave ; 

So be it, also ! And may I 
And all my pirates share the grave 

Where these and their creations UeJ 



ILLUSTRATIONS 



MAP OP TREASURE ISLAND frtmtispkc* 

FACING PAGE 
"WERE YOU ADDRESSING ME, SIR?" SAID THE DOCTOR ... 8 

^OH," I SAID, "STOP HIM! IT'S BLACK DOG!" 60 

"YES, SIR* SAID HE, "THIS IS THE SPOT, TO BE SURE, AND VERY 

PRETTILY DRAWN OUT" 88 

"GRAY, FOLLOWING CLOSE BEHIND ME, HAD CUT DOWff THE 

BIG BOATSWAIN" I$8 

THE COXSWAIN LOOSED HIS GRASP UPON THE SHROUDS AMD 

PLUNGED HEAD FIRST INTO THE WATER 19$ 

!• YOU LOOK THERE! THAT'S WHY!" 224 

J'THERE AINT A THING LEFT HERE," SAID MERRY, STILL PEEL- 
ING AROUND AMONG THE BONES 242 

"LONG JOHN HAD FIRED TWO BARRELS OF A PISTOL INTO TOEE 

STRUGGLING MERRY .254 



MY FIRST BOOK — "TREASURE ISLAND 99 



IT was far, indeed, from being my first book, for I am 
not a novelist alone. But I am well aware that my 
paymaster, the great public, regards what else I have 
written with indifference, if not aversion. If it call upon 
me at all, it calls on me in the familiar and indelible 
character; and when I am asked to talk of my first book, 
no question in the world but what is meant is my first 
novel. 

Sooner or later, somehow, anyhow, I was bound I 
was to write a novel. It seems vain to ask why. Men 
are born with various manias : from my earliest child- 
hood it was mine to make a plaything of imaginary 
series of events ; and as soon as I was able to write, I 
became a good friend to the paper-makers. Reams upon 
reams must have gone to the making of " Rathillet, ,? 
the "Pentland Rising," 1 the "King's Pardon" (oth^ 
erwise "Park Whitehead"), "Edward Darren," "A 
Country Dance," and a "Vendetta in the West;" and 
it is consolatory to remember that these reams are now 

1 Ne pas cdnfondre. Not the slim green pamphlet with the imprint 
of Andrew Elliott, for which (as I see with amazement from the book-. 
lists) the gentlemen of England are willing to pay fancy prices; but its 
predecessor, a bulky historical romance without a spark of merit, and 
now deleted from the world. 

Copyrighted 1894, by Robert Louis Stevensow 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND » 

all ashes, and have been received again into the soil. I 
have named but a few of my ill-fated efforts : only such, 
indeed, as came to a fair bulk ere they were desisted 
from; and even so they cover a long vista of years. 
"Rathillet" was attempted before fifteen, the "Ven- 
detta " at twenty-nine, and the succession of defeats 
lasted unbroken till I was thirty-one. By that time I 
had written little books and little essays and short 
stories, and had got patted on the back and paid for 
them — though not enough to live upon. I had quite a 
reputation. I was the successful man. I passed my 
days in toil, the futility of which would sometimes make 
my cheek to burn, — that I should spend a man's energy 
upon this business, and yet could not earn a livelihood ; 
and still there shone ahead of me an unattained ideal. 
Although I had attempted the thing with vigor not less 
than ten or twelve times, I had not yet written a novel. 
All — all my pretty ones — had gone for a little, and 
then stopped inexorably, like a school-boy's watch. I 
might be compared to a cricketer of many years' stand- 
ing who should never have made a run. Anybody can 
write a short story — a bad one, I mean — who has in- 
dustry and paper and time enough ; but not everyone 
may hope to write even a bad novel. It is the length 
that kills. The accepted novelist may take his novel 
up and put it down, spend days upon it in vain, and 
write not any more than he makes haste to blot Not 
so the beginner. Human nature has certain rights; in- 
stinct — the instinct of self-preservation — forbids that 
any man (cheered and supported by the consciousness 
of no previous victory) should endure the miseries of 
unsuccessful literary toil beyond a period to be meas- 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND " 

ured in weeks. There must be something for hope to 
feed upon. The beginner must have a slant of wind, a 
lucky vein must be running, he must be in one of those 
hours when the words come and the phrases balance 
of themselves — even to begin. And having begun, 
what a dread looking forward is that until the book 
shall be accomplished! For so long a time the slant is 
to continue unchanged, the vein to keep running; for 
so long a time you must hold at command the same 
quality of style ; for so long a time your puppets are to 
be always vital, always consistent, always vigorous. I 
remember 1 used to look, in those days, upon every 
three-volume novel with a sort of veneration, as a feat 
— not possibly of literature — but at least of physical and 
moral endurance and the courage of Ajax. 

In the fated year I came to live with my father and 
mother at Kinnaird, above Pitlochry. There I walked 
on the red moors and by the side of the golden burn. 
The rude, pure air of our mountains inspirited, if it did 
not inspire us; and my wife and I projected a joint 
volume of bogie stories, for which she wrote "The 
Shadow on the Bed," and I turned out " Thrawn Janet," 
and a first draft of the " Merry Men." I love my native 
air, but it does not love me; and the end of this de- 
lightful period was a cold, a fly blister, and a migration, 
by Strathairdle and Glenshee, to the Castleton of Brae- 
mar. There it blew a good deal and rained in a pro- 
portion. My native air was more unkind than man's 
ingratitude; and I must consent to pass a good deal of 
my time between four walls in a house lugubriously 
known as "the late Miss McGregor's cottage. " m And 
now admire the finger of predestination. There was a 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND" 

school-boy in the late Miss McGregor's cottage, home 
for the holidays, and much in want of "something 
craggy to break his mind upon." He had no thought 
of literature ; it was the art of Raphael that received his 
fleeting suffrages, and with the aid of pen and ink and 
a shilling box of water-colours, he had soon turned one 
of the rooms into a picture-gallery. My more imme- 
diate duty towards the gallery was to be showman; 
but I would sometimes unbend a little, join the artist 
(so to speak) at the easel, and pass the afternoon with 
him in a generous emulation, making coloured drawings. 
On one of these occasions I made the map of an island; 
it was elaborately and (I thought) beautifully coloured; 
the shape of it took my fancy beyond expression; it 
contained harbours that pleased me like sonnets; and 
with the unconsciousness of the predestined, I ticketed 
my performance "Treasure Island." I am told there 
are people who do not care for maps, and find it hard 
to believe. The names, the shapes of the woodlands, 
the courses of the roads and rivers, the prehistoric foot- 
steps of man still distinctly traceable up hill and down 
dale, the mills and the ruins, the ponds and the ferries, 
perhaps the "Standing Stone " or the " Druidic Circle " 
on the heath ; here is an inexhaustible fund of interest 
for any man with eyes to see, or twopence worth of 
imagination to understand with. No child but must 
remember laying his head in the grass, staring into the 
infinitesimal forest, and seeing it grow populous with 
fairy armies. Somewhat in this way, as I pored upon 
my map of "Treasure Island," the future characters of 
the book began to appear there visibly among imagi- 
nary woods; and their brown faces and bright weapons 



MY FIRST BOOK— "TREASURE ISLAND" 

peeped out upon me from unexpected quarters, as they 
passed to and fro, fighting, and hunting treasure, on 
these few square inches of a flat projection. The next 
thing I knew, I had some paper before me and was 
writing out a list of chapters. How often have I done 
so, and the thing gone no farther! But there seemed 
elements of success about this enterprise. It was to be 
a story for boys ; no need of psychology or fine writing ; 
and I had a boy at hand to be a touchstone. Women 
were excluded. I was unable to handle a brig (which 
the Hispaniola should have been), but I thought I could 
make shift to sail her as a schooner without public 
shame. And then I had an idea for John Silver from 
which I promised myself funds of entertainment: to 
take an admired friend of mine (whom the reader very 
likely knows and admires as much as I do), to deprive 
him of all his finer qualities and higher graces of tem- 
perament, to leave him with nothing but his strength, 
his courage, his quickness, and his magnificent genial- 
ity, and to try to express these in terms of the culture 
©f a raw tarpaulin. Such psychical surgery is, I think, 
a common way of " making character;" perhaps it is, 
indeed, the only way. We can put in the quaint figure 
that spoke a hundred words with us yesterday by the 
wayside; but do we know him ? Our friend, with his 
infinite variety and flexibility, we know — but can we 
put him in ? Upon the first we must engraft secondary 
and imaginary qualities, possibly all wrong; from the 
second, knife in hand, we must cut away and deduct 
the needless arborescence of his nature ; but the trunk 
and the few branches that remain we may at least be 
fairly sure ©f. 

xiii 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND* 

On a chill September morning, by the cheek of a brisk 
fire, and the rain drumming on the window, I began the 
" Sea Cook," for that was the original title. I have be- 
gun (and finished) a number of other books, but I can- 
not remember to have sat down to one of them with 
more complacency. It is not to be wondered at, for 
stolen waters are proverbially sweet. I am now upon 
a painful chapter. No doubt the parrot once belonged 
to Robinson Crusoe. No doubt the skeleton is con- 
veyed from Poe. I think little of these, they are trifles 
and details; and no man can hope to have a monopoly 
of skeletons or make a corner in talking birds. The 
stockade, I am told, is from "Masterman Ready." It 
may be, I care not a jot. These useful writers had ful- 
filled the poet's saying : departing, they had left behind 

them 

11 Footprints on the sands of time ; 
Footprints that perhaps another " 

and ! was the other ! It is my debt to Washington Irving 
that exercises my conscience, and justly so, for I believe 
plagiarism was rarely carried farther. I chanced to pick 
up the " Tales of a Traveller" some years ago, with a 
view to an anthology of prose narrative, and the book 
flew up and struck me : Billy Bones, his chest, the com- 
pany in the parlour, the whole inner spirit and a good 
deal of the material detail of my first chapters — all were 
there, all were the property of Washington Irving. But 
I had no guess of it then as I sat writing by the fireside, 
in what seemed the springtides of a somewhat pedestrian 
inspiration; nor yet day by day, after lunch, as I read 
aloud my morning's work to the family. It seemed to 
me original as sin ; it seemed to belong to me like my 

xiv 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND" 

rigfrt eye. I had counted on one boy; I found I had two 
in my audience. My father caught fire at once with all 
the romance and childishness of his original nature. His 
own stories, that every night of his life he put himself 
to sleep with, dealt perpetually with ships, roadside inns, 
robbers, old sailors, and commercial travellers before the 
era of steam. He never finished one of these romances : 
the lucky man did not require to! But in "Treasure 
Island " he recognized something kindred to his own 
imagination; it was his kind of picturesque; and he not 
only heard with delight the daily chapter, but set him- 
self actively to collaborate. When the time came for 
Billy Bones's chest to be ransacked, he must have passed 
the better part of a day preparing, on the back of a legal 
envelope, an inventory of its contents, which 1 exactly 
followed; and the name of "Flint's old ship," the 
Walrus, was given at his particular request. And 
now, who should come dropping in, ex machina, but 
Dr. Jaap, like tne disguised prince who is to bring down 
the curtain upon peace and happiness in the last act, for 
he carried in his pocket not a horn or a talisman, but a 
publisher; had, in fact, been charged by my old friend 
Mr. Henderson to unearth new writers for "Young 
Folks." Even the ruthlessness of a united family recoiled 
before the extreme measure of inflicting on our guest the 
mutilated members of the "Sea Cook ;" at the same 
time we would by no means stop our readings, and ac- 
cordingly the tale was begun again at the beginning, and 
solemnly redelivered for the benefit of Dr. Jaap. From 
that moment on I have thought highly of his critical 
faculty ; for when he left us, he carried away the manu- 
script in his portmanteau. 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND" 

Here, then, was everything to keep me up — sympathy, 
help, and now a positive engagement I had chosen be- 
sides a very easy style. Compare it with the almost con- 
temporary "Merry Men; " one may prefer the one style, 
one the other — 'tis an affair of character, perhaps of 
mood ; but no expert can fail to see that the one is much 
more difficult, and the other much easier, to maintain. 
It seems as though a full-grown, experienced man of 
letters might engage to turn out "Treasure Island " at so 
many pages a day, and keep his pipe alight. But alas! 
this was not my case. Fifteen days I stuck to it, and 
turned out fifteen chapters ; and then, in the early 
paragraphs of the sixteenth, ignominiously lost hold. 
My mouth was empty ; there was not one word more 
of ' ' Treasure Island " in my bosom ; and here were the 
proofs of the beginning already waiting me at the ' ' Hand 
and Spear ! " There I corrected them, living for the most 
part alone, walking on the heath at Weybridge in dewy 
autumn mornings, a good deal pleased with what I had 
done, and more appalled than I can depict to you in words 
at what remained for me to do. I was thirty-one; I was 
the head of a family ; I had lost my health ; I had never 
yet paid my way, had never yet made two hundred 
pounds a year ; my father had quite recently bought back 
and cancelled a book that was judged a failure ; was this 
to be another and last fiasco? I was indeed very 
close on despair; but I shut my mouth hard, and during 
the journey to Davos, where I was to pass the winter, 
had the resolution to think of other things, and bury 
myself in the novels of M. du Boisgobey. Arrived at 
my destination, down I sat one morning to the unfinished 
tale, and behold! it flowed from me like Smalltalk; and 

xvi 



MY FIRST BOOK— "TREASURE ISLAND" 

in a second tide of delighted industry, and again at the 
rate of a chapter a day, I finished ''Treasure Island/' 
It had to be transacted almost secretly. My wife was ill, 
the school-boy remained alone of the faithful, and John 
Addington Symonds (to whom I timidly mentioned 
what I was engaged on) looked on me askance. He was 
at that time very eager I should write on the "Charac- 
ters " of Theophrastus, so far out may be the judgments 
of the wisest men. But Symonds (to be sure) was 
scarce the confidant to go to for sympathy in a boy's 
story. He was large-minded; "a full man, ,, if there 
ever was one; but the very name of my enterprise 
would suggest to him only capitulations of sincerity and 
solecisms of style. Well, he was not far wrong. 

"Treasure Island " — it was Mr. Henderson who de- 
leted the first title, "The Sea Cook" — appeared duly in 
the story paper, where it figured in the ignoble midst 
without woodcuts, and attracted not the least attention. 
I did not care. I liked the tale myself, for much the same 
reason as my father liked the beginning : it was my kind 
of picturesque. I was not a little proud of John Silver 
also, and to this day rather admire that smooth and 
formidable adventurer. What was infinitely more ex- 
hilarating, I had passed a landmark ; I had finished a tale, 
and written "The End" upon my manuscript, as I had 
not done since the "Pentland Rising," when I was a 
boy of sixteen, not yet at college. In truth it was so by 
a set of lucky accidents : had not Dr. Jaap come on his 
visit, had not the tale flowed from me with singular 
ease, it must have been laid aside like its predecessors, 
and found a circuitous and unlamented way to the fire. 
Purists may suggest it would have been better so. I am 

xvic _ 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND** 

not of that mind. The tale seems to have given much 
pleasure, and it brought (or was the means of bringing) 
fire and food and wine to a deserving family in which I 
took an interest. I need scarce say I mean my own. 

But the adventures of "Treasure Island" are not yet 
quite at an end. 1 had written it up to the map. The 
map was the chief part of my plot. For instance, I had 
called an islet "Skeleton Island," not knowing what I 
meant, seeking only for the immediate picturesque; and 
it was to justify this name that I broke into the gallery 
of Mr. Poe and stole Flint's pointer. And in the same 
way, it was because I had made two harbours that the 
Hispaniola was sent on her wanderings with Israel 
Hands. The time came when it was decided to repub- 
lish, and I sent in my manuscript and the map along 
with it to Messrs. Cassell. The proofs came, they were 
corrected, but I heard nothing of the map. I wrote and 
asked; was told it had never been received, and sat 
aghast. It is one thing to draw a map at random, set a 
scale in one corner of it at a venture, and write up a story 
to the measurements. It is quite another to have to ex- 
amine a whole book, make an inventory of all the allu- 
sions contained in it, and with a pair of compasses pain- 
fully design a map to suit the data. I did it, and the 
map was drawn again in my father's office, with embel- 
lishments of blowing whales and sailing ships; and my 
father himself brought into service a knack he had of 
various writing, and elaborately forged the signature of 
Captain Flint and the sailing directions of Billy Bones. 
But somehow it was never "Treasure Island" to me. 

I have said it was the most of the plot. I might almost 
say it was the whole. A few reminiscences of Poe, De- 

xviii 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND » 

toe, and Washington Irving, a copy of Johnson's '"Buc- 
caneers," the name of the Dead Man's Chest from Kings- 
i ley's "At Last," some recollections of canoeing on the 
high seas, a cruise in a fifteen-ton schooner yacht, and 
! the map itself with its infinite, eloquent suggestion, 
i made up the whole of my materials. It is perhaps not 
r often that a map figures so largely in a tale ; yet it is al- 
/ ways important. The author must know his country- 
| side, whether real or imaginary, like his hand; the dis- 
tances, the points of the compass, the place of the sun's 
rising, the behaviour of the moon, should all be beyond 
cavil. And how troublesome the moon is ! I have come 
to grief over the moon in " Prince Otto; " and, so soon 
as that was pointed out to me, adopted a precaution 
which I recommend to other men — I never write now 
without an almanac. With an almanac, and the map 
of the country and the plan of every house, either actu- 
ally plotted on paper or clearly and immediately appre- 
hended in the mind, a man may hope to avoid some of 
the grossest possible blunders. With the map before 
him, he will scarce allow the sun to set in the east, as 
it does in the "Antiquary." With the almanac at hand, 
he will scarce allow two horsemen, journeying on the 
most urgent affair, to employ six days, from three of the 
Monday morning till late in the Saturday night, upon a 
journey of, say, ninety or a hundred miles; and before 
the week is out, and still on the same nags, to cover 
fifty in one day, as he may read at length in the inimi- 
table novel of "Rob Roy." And it is certainly well, 
though far from necessary, to avoid such croppers. But 
it is my contention — my superstition, if you like — that 
he who is faithful to his map, and consults it, and draws 



MY FIRST BOOK— " TREASURE ISLAND » 

from it his inspiration, daily and hourly, gains positive 
support, and not mere negative immunity from acci- 
dent. The tale has a root there ; it grows in that soil ; 
it has a spine of its own behind the words. Better if 
the country be real, and he has walked every foot of it 
and knows every milestone. But, even with imaginary 
places, he will do well in the beginning to provide a 
map. As he studies it, relations will appear that he had 
not thought upon. He will discover obvious though 
unsuspected short cuts and footpaths for his messen- 
gers; and even when a map is not all the plot, as it 
was in "Treasure Island," it will be found to be a mine 
of suggestion. 

Robert Louis Stevenson. 



XX 



THE NOVELS AND TALES OF 
ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON 



TREASURE ISLAND 



BY 

ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON 



. M 



ILLUSTRATED 



NEW YORK 
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS 

1922 



Copyright, 1894, by 
Charles Scrjbner's Sons 



mwmu> at 

THE SCRIBNER PRESS 

NEW YORK, U. S. A. 



CONTENTS 



Part I 
THE OLD BUCCANEER 

CHAPTER PAG* 

I The Old Sea Dog at the " Admiral Benbow" .... 3 

II Black Dog appears and disappears 11 

III The Black Spot 19 

IV The Sea-chest 27 

V The Last of the Blind Man . . ^5 

VI The Captain's Papers 42 

Part It 
THE SEA COOK 

VII I gc .3 Bristol 53 

VIII At the Sign of the "Spy-glass" 59 

IX Powder and Arms , . . , . 66 

X The Voyage 73 

XI What I Heard in the Apple Barrel 80 

XII Council of War . ..••„„ 88 

Part III 
MY SHORE ADVENTURE 

XI I I How my Shore Adventure began • • . 97 

XIV The First Blow .............. 103 

XV The Man of the Island ••-•.no 

xxi 



CONTENTS 

Part IV 
THE STOCKADE 

CHAPTER PAGE 

XVi Narrative continued by the Doctor : How the Ship 

was Abandoned 121 

XVI Narrative Continued by the Doctor : The Jolly-boat's 

Last Trip 127 

XVIii Narrative Continued by the Doctor : End of the First 

Day's Fighting . ... 133 

X01 Narrative Resumed by Jim Hawkins : The Garrisok in 

the Stockade 139 

XX Silver's Embassy 146 

X3H The Attack . 153 



Part V 



M/ SEA ADVENTURE 



XXM How my Sea Adventure began 163 

XXU1 The Ebb-tide Runs ..170 

XXIV The Cruise of the Coracle ......... 176 

XXV ! Strike the Jolly Roger 183 

XXVI Israel Hands 189 

XXVII "Pieces of Eight" 100 



Part VI 



CAPTAIN SILVER 



XXVIii la the Enemy's Camp 209 

XXIX The Black Spot Again ...........219 

XXX On Parole 227 

XXXI The Treasure Hunt — Flint's Powte* 236 

XXXII The Treasure Hunt — The Voice among the Trbbs . 244 , 

XXX HI The Fall of a Chieftain 252 j 

XXXiV And Last ; 26© | 



PART I 

THE OLD BUCCANEER 



CHAPTER I 

THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE "ADMIRAL BENBOW " 

SQUIRE TRELAWNEY, Dr. Livesey, and the rest of 
these gentlemen having asked me to write down 
the whole particulars about Treasure Island, from the 
beginning to the end, keeping nothing back but the 
bearings of the island, and that only because there is still 
treasure not yet lifted, I take up my pen in the year of 
grace 17 — , and go back to the time when my father 
kept the "Admiral Benbow" inn, and the brown old 
seaman, with the sabre cut, first took up his lodging 
under our roof. 

I remember him as if it were yesterday, as he came 
plodding to the inn door, his sea-chest following behind 
him in a hand-barrow ; a tall, strong, heavy, nut-brown 
man ; his tarry pigtail falling over the shoulders of his 
soiled blue coat; his hands ragged and scarred, with 
black, broken nails ; and the sabre cut across one cheek, 
a dirty, livid white. I remember him looking round the 
cove and whistling to himself as he did so, and then 
breaking out in that old sea-song that he sang so often 
afterwards : — 

" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! " 

3 



TREASURE ISLAND 

in the high, old tottering voice that seemed to have 
been tuned and broken at the capstan bars. Then he 
rapped on the door with a bit of stick like a handspike 
that he carried, and when my father appeared, called 
roughly for a glass of rum. This, when it was brought 
to him, he drank slowly, like a connoisseur, lingering 
on the taste, and still looking about him at the cliffs and 
up at our signboard. 

"This is a handy cove," says he, at length; "and a 
pleasant sittyated grog-shop. Much company, mate ? " 

My father told him no, very little company, the more 
was the pity. 

"Well, then," said he, "this is the berth for me. 
Here you, matey," he cried to the man who trundled 
the barrow ; "bring up alongside and help up my chest. 
I'll stay here a bit," he continued. "I'm a plain man; 
rum and bacon and eggs is what 1 want, and that head 
up there for to watch ships off. What you mought call 
me? You mought call me captain. Oh, I see what 
you're at — there;" and he threw down three or four 
gold pieces on the threshold. " You can tell me when 
I've worked through that," says he, looking as fierce as 
a commander. 

And, indeed, bad as his clothes were, and coarsely as 
he spoke, he had none of the appearance of a man who 
sailed before the mast; but seemed like a mate or skip- 
per, accustomed to be obeyed or to strike. The man 
who came with the barrow told us the mail had set him 
down the morning before at the "Royal George; " that 
he had inquired what inns there were along the coast, 
and hearing ours well spoken of, I suppose, and de- 
scribed as lonely, had chosen it from the others for his 

4 



THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE "ADMIRAL BENBOW " 

place of residence. And that was all we could learn of 
our guest. 

He was a very silent man by custom. All day he 
hung round the cove, or upon the cliffs, with a brass 
telescope; all evening he sat in a corner of the parlour 
next the fire, and drank rum and water very strong. 
Mostly he would not speak when spoken to ; only look 
up sudden and fierce, and blow through his nose like a 
fog-horn ; and we and the people who came about our 
house soon learned to let him be. Every day, when he 
came back from his stroll, he would ask if any seafaring 
men had gone by along the road ? At first we thought 
it was the want of company of his own kind that made 
him ask this question; but at last we began to see he 
was desirous to avoid them. When a seaman put up 
at the " Admiral Benbow " (as now and then some did, 
making by the coast road for Bristol), he would look in 
at him through the curtained door before he entered the 
parlour; and he was always sure to be as silent as a 
mouse when any such was present. For me, at least, 
there was no secret about the matter; for I was, in a 
way, a sharer in his alarms. He had taken me aside 
one day, and promised me a silver fourpenny on the 
first of every month if I would only keep my " weather- 
eye open for a seafaring man with one leg," and let him 
know the moment he appeared. Often enough, when 
the first of the month came round, and I applied to him 
for my wage, he would only blow through his nose at 
me, and stare me down ; but before the week was out 
he was sure to think better of it, bring me my fourpenny 
piece, and repeat his orders to look out for "the sea- 
faring man with one leg." 

5 



TREASURE ISLAND 

How that personage haunted my dreams, I need 
scarcely tell you. On stormy nights, when the wind 
shook the fourcprners of the house, and the surf roared 
along the cove and up the cliffs, I would see him in a 
thousand forms, and with a thousand diabolical expres- 
sions. Now the leg would be cut off at the knee, now 
at the hip; now he was a monstrous kind of a creature 
who had never had but the one leg, and that in the mid- 
dle of his body. To see him leap and run and pursue 
me over hedge and ditch was the worst of nightmares. 
And altogether I paid pretty dear for my monthly four- 
penny piece, in the shape of these abominable fancies. 

But though I was so terrified by the idea of the sea- 
faring man with one leg, I was far less afraid of the cap- 
tain himself than anybody else who knew him. There 
were nights when he took a deal more rum and water 
than his head would carry; and then he would some- 
times sit and sing his wicked, old, wild sea-songs, 
minding nobody; but sometimes he would call for 
glasses round, and force all the trembling company to 
listen to his stories or bear a chorus to his singing. Often 
I have heard the house shaking with " Yo-ho-ho, and a 
bottle of rum ; " all the neighbours joining in for dear 
life, with the fear of death upon them, and each singing 
louder than the other, to avoid remark. For in these 
fits he was the most over-riding companion ever known ; 
he would slap his hand on the table for silence all round ; 
he would fly up in a passion of anger at a question, or 
sometimes because none was put, and so he judged the 
company was not following his story. Nor would he 
allow any one to leave the inn till he had drunk himself 
sleepy and reeled off to bed. 



THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE " ADMIRAL BENBOW " 

His stories were what frightened people worst of all. 
Dreadful stories they were; about hanging, and walking 
the plank, and storms at sea, and the Dry Tortugas, 
and wild deeds and places on the Spanish Main. By 
his own account he must have lived his life among some 
of the wickedest men that God ever allowed upon the 
sea; and the language in which he told these stories 
shocked our plain country people almost as much as the 
crimes that he described. My father was always say- 
ing the inn would be ruined, for people would soon 
cease coming there to be tyrannised over and put down, 
and sent shivering to their beds ; but I really believe his 
presence did us good. People were frightened at the 
time, but on looking back they rather liked it; it was a 
fine excitement in a quiet country life; and there was 
even a party of the younger men who pretended to ad- 
mire him, calling him a "true sea-dog," and a "real 
old salt," and such like names, and saying there was 
the sort of man that made England terrible at sea. 

In one way, indeed, he bade fair to ruin us ; for he 
kept on staying week after week, and at last month 
after month, so that all the money had been long ex- 
hausted, and still my father never plucked up the heart 
to insist on having more. If ever he mentioned it, the 
captain blew through his nose so loudly, that you might 
say he roared, and stared my poor father out of the room. 
I have seen him wringing his hands after such a rebuff, 
and I am sure the annoyance and the terror he lived in 
must have greatly hastened his early and unhappy death. 

All the time he lived with us the captain made no 
change whatever in his dress but to buy some stockings 
from a hawker. One of the cocks of his hat having 

7 



TREASURE ISLAND 

fallen down, he let it hang from that day forth, though 
it was a great annoyance when it blew. I remember 
the appearance of his coat, which he patched himself 
up-stairs in his room, and which, before the end, was 
nothing but patches. He never wrote or received a 
letter, and he never spoke with any but the neighbours, 
and with these, for the most part, only when drunk on 
rum. The great sea-chest none of us had ever seen 
open. 

He was only once crossed, and that was towards the 
end, when my poor father was far gone in a decline that 
took him off. Dr. Livesey came late one afternoon to 
see the patient, took a bit of dinner from my mother, 
and went into the parlour to smoke a pipe until his 
horse should come down from the hamlet, for we had 
no stabling at the old " Benbow." I followed him in, 
and I remember observing the contrast the neat, bright 
doctor, with his powder as white as snow, and his 
bright, black eyes and pleasant manners, made with the 
coltish country folk, and above all, with that filthy, 
heavy, bleared scarecrow of a pirate of ours, sitting 
far gone in rum, with his arms on the table. Suddenly 
he — the captain, that is — began to pipe up his eternal 
song: — 

" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! 
Drink and the devil had done for the rest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! " 

At first I had supposed "the dead man's chest*' to be 
that identical big box of his up-stairs in the front room, 
and the thought had been mingled in my nightmares 
with that of the one-legged seafaring man. But by this 

8 




'WERE YOU ADDRESSING ME, SIR?" SAID THE DOCTOR 



THE OLD SEA DOG AT THE "ADMIRAL BENBOW" 

time we had all long ceased to pay any particular notice 
to the song; it was new, that night, to nobody but Dr. 
Livesey, and on him I observed it did not produce an 
agreeable effect, for he looked up for a moment quite an- 
grily before he went on with his talk to old Taylor, the 
gardener, on a new cure for the rheumatics. In the 
meantime, the captain gradually brightened up at his 
own music, and at last flapped his hand upon the table 
before him in a way we all knew to mean — silence. 
The voices stopped at once, all but Dr. Livesey's; he 
went on as before, speaking clear and kind, and draw- 
ing briskly at his pipe between every word or two. The 
captain glared at him for a while, flapped his hand again, 
glared still harder, and at last broke out with a villain- 
ous, low oath: "Silence, there, between decks!" 

"Were you addressing me, sir?" says the doctor; 
and when the ruffian had told him, with another oath, 
that this was so, "I have only one thing to say to you, 
sir," replies the doctor, "that if you keep on drinking 
rum, the world will soon be quit of a very dirty 
scoundrel!" 

The old fellow's fury was awful. He sprang to his 
feet, drew and opened a sailor's clasp-knife, and, balanc- 
ing it open on the palm of his hand, threatened to pin 
the doctor to the wall. 

The doctor never so much as moved. He spoke to 
him, as before, over his shoulder, and in the same tone 
of voice ; rather high, so that all the room might hear, 
but perfectly calm and steady : — 

"If you do not put that knife this instant in your 
pocket, I promise, upon my honour, you shall hang at 
the next assizes." 

9 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Then followed a battle of looks between them ; but 
the captain soon knuckled under, put up his weapon, and 
resumed his seat, grumbling like a beaten dog. 

"And now, sir," continued the doctor, "since I now 
know there's such a fellow in my district, you may count 
I'll have an eye upon you day and night. I'm not a 
doctor only ; I'm a magistrate ; and if I catch a breath of 
complaint against you, if it's only for a piece of incivil- 
ity like to-night's, I'll take effectual means to have you 
hunted down and routed out of this. Let that suffice." 

Soon after Dr. Livesey's horse came to the door, and 
he rode away; but the captain held his peace that 
evening, and for many evenings to come. 



CHAPTER II 

BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS 

It was not very long after this that there occurred the 
first of the mysterious events that rid us at last of the 
captain, though not, as you will see, of his affairs. It 
was a bitter cold winter, with long, hard frosts and 
heavy gales; and it was plain from the first that my 
poor father was little likely to see the spring. He sank 
daily, and my mother and I had all the inn upon our 
hands; and were kept busy enough, without paying 
much regard to our unpleasant guest. 

It was one January morning, very early — a pinching, 
frosty morning — the cove all grey with hoar-frost, the 
ripple lapping softly on the stones, the sun still low and 
only touching the hilltops and shining far to seaward. 
The captain had risen earlier than usual, and set out 
down the beach, his cutlass swinging under the broad 
skirts of the old blue coat, his brass telescope under his 
arm, his hat tilted back upon his head. I remember his 
breath hanging like smoke in his wake as he strode off, 
and the last sound I heard of him, as he turned the big 
rock, was a loud snort of indignation, as though his 
mind was still running upon Dr. Livesey. 

Well, mother was up-stairs with father; and I was 
laying the breakfast-table against the captain's return. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

when the parlour door opened, and a man stepped in on 
whom I had never set my eyes before. He was a pale, 
tallowy creature, wanting two fingers of the left hand ; 
and, though he wore a cutlass, he did not look much like 
a fighter. 1 had always my eye open for seafaring men, 
with one leg or two, and I remember this one puzzled 
me. He was not sailorly, and yet he had a smack of 
the sea about him too. 

I asked him what was for his service, and he said he 
would take rum ; but as I was going out of the room to 
fetch it he sat down upon a table, and motioned me to draw 
near. I paused where I was with my napkin in my hand. 

"Come here, sonny/' says he. "Come nearer here." 

I took a step nearer. 

" Is this here table for my mate, Bill ? " he asked, with 
a kind of leer. 

I told him I did not know his mate Bill ; and this was 
for a person who stayed in our house, whom we called 
the captain. 

" Well," said he, "my mate Bill would be called the 
captain, as like as not. He has a cut on one cheek, and 
a mighty pleasant way with him, particularly in drink, 
has my mate, Bill. We'll put it, for argument like, that 
your captain has a cut on one cheek — and we'll put it, 
if you like, that that cheek's the right one. Ah, well ! 
I told you. Now, is my mate Bill in this here house ? " 

I told him he was out walking. 

"Which way, sonny ? Which way is he gone ? " 

And when I had pointed out the rock and told him 

how the captain was likely to return, and how soon^ 

and answered a few other questions, "Ah," said he, 

"this'll be as good as drink to my mate Bill." 

12 .._ _ 



BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS 

The expression of his face as he said these words was 
not at all pleasant, and I had my own reasons for think- 
ing that the stranger was mistaken, even supposing he 
meant what he said. But it was no affair of mine, I 
thought; and, besides, it was difficult to know what to 
do. The stranger kept hanging about just inside the 
inn door, peering round the corner like a cat waiting for 
a mouse. Once I stepped out myself into the road, but 
he immediately called me back, and, as I did not obey 
quick enough for his fancy, a most horrible change came 
over his tallowy face, and he ordered me in, with an oath 
that made me jump. As soon as I was back again he 
returned to his former manner, half fawning, half sneer- 
ing, patted me on the shoulder, told me I was a good 
boy, and he had taken quite a fancy to me. " I have a 
son of my own," said he, " as like you as two blocks, 
and he's all the pride of my 'art. But the great thing 
for boys is discipline, sonny — discipline. Now, if you 
had sailed along of Bill, you wouldn't have stood there 
to be spoke to twice — not you. That was never Bill's 
way, nor the way of sich as sailed with him. And here, 
sure enough, is my mate Bill, with a spy-glass under 
his arm, bless his old 'art, to be sure. You and me'l! 
just go back into the parlour, sonny, and get behind the 
door, and we'll give Bill a little surprise — bless his 'art, 
I say again." 

So saying, the stranger backed along with me into the 
parlour, and put me behind him in the corner, so that 
we were both hidden by the open door. I was very un- 
easy and alarmed, as you may fancy, and it rather added 
to my fears to observe that the stranger was certainly 
frightened himself. He cleared the hilt of his cutlass 

13 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and loosened the blade in the sheath ; and all the time 
we were waiting there he kept swallowing as if he felt 
what we used to call a lump in the throat. 

At last in strode the captain, slammed the door behind 
him, without looking to the right or left, and marched 
straight across the room to where his breakfast awaited 
him. 

"Bill," said the stranger, in a voice that I thought he 
had tried to make bold and big. 

The captain spun round on his heel and fronted us; 
all the brown had gone out of his face, and even his 
nose was blue ; he had the look of a man who sees a 
ghost, or the evil one, or something worse, if anything 
can be; and, upon my word, I felt sorry to see him, all 
in a moment, turn so old and sick. 

"Come, Bill, you know me; you know an old ship- 
mate, Bill, surely," said the stranger. 

The captain made a sort of gasp. 

"Black Dog!" said he. 

"And who else?" returned the other, getting more 
at his ease. " Black Dog as ever was, come for to see 
his old shipmate Billy, at the ' Admiral Benbow ' inn. 
Ah, Bill, Bill, we have seen a sight of times, us two, 
since 1 lost them two talons," holding up his mutilated 
hand. 

" Now f , look here," said the captain ; "you've run me 
down ; here I am; well, then, speak up: what is it ? " 

"That's you, Bill," returned Black Dog, " you're in 
the right of it, Billy. I'll have a glass of rum from this 
dear child here, as I've took such a liking to; and we'll 
sit down, if you please, and talk square, like old ship- 
mates/' 

14 



BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS 

When I returned with the rum, they were already 
seated on either side of the captain's breakfast-table — 
Black Dog next to the door, and sitting sideways, so as 
to have one eye on his old shipmate, and one, as I 
thought, on his retreat 

He bade me go, and leave the door wide open, "None 
of your keyholes for me, sonny," he said ; and I left them 
together, and retired into the bar. 

For a long time, though I certainly did my best to 
listen, I could hear nothing but a low gabbling; but at 
last the voices began to grow higher, and I could pick 
up a word or two, mostly oaths, from the captain. 

"No, no, no, no; and an end of it! " he cried once. 
And again, " If it comes to swinging, swing all, say I." 

Then all of a sudden there was a tremendous explo- 
sion of oaths and other noises — the chair and table went 
over in a lump, a clash of steel followed, and then a cry 
of pain, and the next instant I saw Black Dog in full 
flight, and the captain hotly pursuing, both with drawn 
cutlasses, and the former streaming blood from the left 
shoulder. Just at the door, the captain aimed at the 
fugitive one last tremendous cut, which would certainly 
have split him to the chine had it not been intercepted 
by our big signboard of Admiral Benbow. You may 
see the notch on the lower side of the frame to this day. 

That blow was the last of the battle. Once out upon 
the road, Black Dog, in spite of his wound, showed a 
wonderful clean pair of heels, and disappeared over the 
edge of the hill in half a minute. The captain, for his 
part, stood staring at the signboard like a bewildered 
man. Then he passed his hand over his eyes several 
times, and at last turned back into the house. 

15 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Jim," says he, " rum; " and as he spoke, he reeled 
a little, and caught himself with one hand against the 
wall. 

" Are you hurt ? " cried I. 

" Rum," he repeated. fl I must get away from here. 
Rum! rum!" 

I ran to fetch it ; but I was quite unsteadied by all that 
had fallen out, and I broke one glass and fouled the tap, 
and while I was still getting in my own way, I heard a 
loud fall in the parlour, and, running in, beheld the cap- 
tain lying full length upon the floor. At the same in- 
stant my mother, alarmed by the cries and fighting, 
came running down-stairs to help me. Between us 
we raised his head. He was breathing very loud and 
hard ; but his eyes were closed, and his face a horrible 
colour. 

"Dear, deary me," cried my mother, "what a dis- 
grace upon the house! And your poor father sick! M 

In the meantime, we had no idea what to do to help 
the captain, nor any other thought but that he had got 
his death-hurt in the scuffle with the stranger. I got 
the rum, to be sure, and tried to put it down his throat ; 
but his teeth were tightly shut, and his jaws as strong 
as iron. It was a happy relief for us when the door 
opened and Doctor Livesey came in, on his visit to my 
father. 

"Oh, doctor," we cried, "what shall we do? 
Where is he wounded ? " 

" Wounded ? A fiddle-stick's end ! " said the doctor. 
"No more wounded than you or I. The man has had 
a stroke, as I warned him. Now, Mrs. Hawkins, just 
you run up-stairs to your husband, and tell him, if pos- 

16 



BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS 

sible, nothing about it. For my part, I must do my 
best to save this fellow's trebly worthless life; and Jim, 
you get me a basin.' ' 

When I got back with the basin, the doctor had al- 
ready ripped up the captain's sleeve, and exposed his 
great sinewy arm. It was tattooed in several places. 
"Here's luck," " A fair wind," and "Billy Bones his 
fancy," were very neatly and clearly executed on the 
forearm ; and up near the shoulder there was a sketch 
of a gallows and a man hanging from it — done, as I 
thought, with great spirit. 

"Prophetic," said the doctor, touching this picture 
with his finger. " And now, Master Billy Bones, if that 
be your name, we'll have a look at the colour of your 
blood. Jim," he said, "are you afraid of blood?" 

"No, sir," said I. 

"Well, then," said he, "you hold the basin;" and 
with that he took his lancet and opened a vein. 

A great deal of blood was taken before the captain 
opened his eyes and looked mistily about him. First he 
recognised the doctor with an unmistakable frown; 
then his glance fell upon me, and he looked relieved. 
But suddenly his colour changed, and he tried to raise 
himself, crying: — 

"Where's Black Dog?" 

" There is no Black Dog here," said the doctor, "ex- 
cept what you have on your own back. You have been 
drinking rum ; you have had a stroke, precisely as I told 
you; and I have just, very much against my own will, 
dragged you headforemost out of the grave. Now, Mr. 
Bones " 

"That's not my name," he interrupted. 
«7 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Much I care," returned the doctor. "It's the name 
of a buccaneer of my acquaintance ; and I call you by it 
for the sake of shortness, and what I have to say to you 
is this : one glass of rum won't kill you, but if you take 
one you'll take another and another, and I stake my wig 
if you don't break off short, you'll die — do you under- 
stand that? — die, and go to your own place, like the 
man in the Bible. Come, now, make an effort. I'll help 
you to your bed for once." 

Between us, with much trouble, we managed to hoist 
him up-stairs, and laid him on his bed, where his head 
fell back on the pillow, as if he were almost fainting. 

"Now, mind you," said the doctor, " I clear my con- 
science — the name of rum for you is death." 

And with that he went off to see my father, taking 
me with him by the arm. 

"This is nothing," he said, as soon as he had closed 
the door. " I have drawn blood enough to keep him 
quiet awhile; he should lie for a week where he is — 
that is the best thing for him and you; but another 
stroke would settle him." 



m 



CHAPTER 111 

THE BLACK SPOT 

About noon I stopped at the captain's door wiA some 
cooBng drinks and medicines. He was lying very much 
as we had left him, only a little higher, and he seemed 
both weak and excited. 

"Jim," he said, "you're the only one here that's worth 
anything; and you know I've been always good to you. 
Never a month but I've given you a silver fourpenny for 
yourself! And now you see, mate, Fm pretty low, and 
deserted by all ; and Jim, you'll bring me one noggin of 
rum, now, won't you, matey ? " 

" The doctor " I began. 

But he broke in cursing the doctor, in a feeble voice, 
but heartily. "Doctors is all swabs," he said; "and 
that doctor there, why, what do he know about seafaring 
men ? I been in places hot as pitch, and mates dropping 
round with Yellow Jack, and the blessed land a-heaving 
like the sea with earthquakes — what do the doctor 
know of lands like that ? — and I lived on ram, I tell you. 
It's been meat and drink, and man and wife, to me; and 
if I'm not to have my rum now Fm a poor old hulk on v 
a lee shore, my blood 'II be on you, Jim, and that Doctor 
swab;" and he ran on again for a while with curses. 
"Look, Jim, how my fingers fidges," he continued, in 

*9 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the pleading tone. "I can't keep 'em still, not I. I 
haven't had a drop this blessed day. That doctor's a 
fool, I tell you. If I don't have a drain o' rum, Jim, I'll 
have the horrors ; I seen some on 'em already. I seen 
old Flint in the corner there, behind you; as plain as 
print, I seen him ; and if I get the horrors, I'm a man 
that has lived rough, and I'll raise Cain. Your doctor 
hisself said one glass wouldn't hurt me. I'll give you 
a golden guinea for a noggin, Jim." 

Ijle was growing more and more excited, and this 
alarmed me for my father, who was very low that day, 
and needed quiet ; besides, I was reassured by the doc- 
tor's words, now quoted to me, and rather offended by 
the offer of a bribe. 

"I want none of your money," said I, "but what you 
owe my father. I'll get you one glass, and no more." 

When I brought it to him, he seized it greedily, and 
drank it out. 

"Ay, ay," said he, " that's some better, sure enough. 
And now, matey, did that doctor say how long I was 
to lie here in this old berth ? " 

U A week at least," said I. 

" Thunder!" he cried. "A week! I can't do that; 
they'd have the black spot on me by then. The lubbers 
is going about to get the wind of me this blessed mo- 
ment ; lubbers as couldn't keep what they got, and want 
to nail what is another's. Is that seamanly behaviour, 
now, 1 want to know ? But I'm a saving soul. I never 
wasted good money of mine, nor lost it neither; and I'll 
trick 'em again. I'm not afraid on 'em. I'll shake out 
another reef, matey, and daddle 'em again." 

As he was thus speaking, he had risen from bed with 



THE BLACK SPOT 

great difficulty, holding to my shoulder with a grip that 
almost made me cry out, and moving his legs like so 
much dead weight. His words, spirited as they were 
in meaning, contrasted sadly with the weakness of the 
voice in which they were uttered. He paused when he 
had got into a sitting position on the edge. 

"That doctor's done me," he murmured. " My ears 
is singing. Lay me back." 

Before I could do much to help him he had fallen back 
again to his former place, where he lay for a while silent. 

"Jim/' he said, at length, "you saw that seafaring 
man to-day?" 

"Black Dog?" I asked. 

"Ah! Black Dog," says he. "He's a bad 'un; but 
there's worse that put him on. Now, if I can't get 
away nohow, and they tip me the black spot, mind 
you, it's my old sea-chest they're after; you get on a. 
horse — you can, can't you? Well, then, you get on 
a horse, and go to — well, yes, I will! — to that eternal 
Doctor swab, and tell him to pipe all hands — magis- 
trates and sich — and he'll lay 'em aboard at the ' Admi- 
ral Benbow' — all old Flint's crew, man and boy, all on 
'em that's left. I was first mate, I was, old Flint's first 
mate, and I'm the on'y one as knows the place. He gave 
it me at Savannah, when he lay a-dying, like as if I was to 
now, you see. But you won't peach unless they get the 
black spot on me, or unless you see that Black Dog again, 
or a seafaring man with one leg, Jim — him above all." 

" But what is the black spot, Captain ?" I asked. 

"That's a summons, mate. I'll tell you if they get 
that. But you keep your weather-eye open, Jim, and 
111 share with you equals, upon my honour." 

2.1 



TREASURE ISLAND 

He wandered a little longer, his voice growing weaker; 
but soon after I had given him his medicine, which he 
took like a child, with the remark, "If ever a seaman 
wanted drugs, it's me," he fell at last into a heavy, 
swoon-like sleep, in which I left him. What I should 
have done had all gone well I do not know. Probably 
I should have told the whole story to the doctor; for I 
was in mortal fear lest the captain should repent of his 
confessions and make an end of me. But as things fell 
out, my poor father died quite suddenly that evening, 
which put all other matters on one side. Our natural 
distress, the visits of the neighbours, the arranging of 
the funeral, and all the work of the inn to be carried on 
in the meanwhile, kept me so busy that I had scarcely 
time to think of the captain, far less to be afraid of him. 

He got down-stairs next morning, to be sure, and had 
his meals as usual, though he ate little, and had more, 
I am afraid, than his usual supply of rum, for he helped 
himself out of the bar, scowling and blowing through 
his nose, and no one dared to cross him. On the night 
before the funeral he was as drunk as ever; and it was 
shocking, in that house of mourning, to hear him sing- 
ing away at his ugly old sea-song; but, weak as he was, 
we were all in the fear of death for him, and the doctor 
was suddenly taken up with a case many miles away, 
and was never near the house after my father's death. 
I have said the captain was weak; and indeed he seemed 
rather to grow weaker than regain his strength. He 
clambered up and down-stairs, and went from the par- 
lour to the bar and back again, and sometimes put his 
nose out of doors to smell the sea, holding on to the 
walls as he went for support, and breathing hard and 



THE BLACK SPOT 

fast like a man on a steep mountain. He never partic- 
ularly addressed me, and it is my belief he had as good 
as forgotten his confidences; but his temper was more 
flighty, and, allowing for his bodily weakness, more 
violent than ever. He had an alarming way now when 
he was drunk of drawing his cutlass and laying it bare 
before him on the table. But, with all that, he minded 
people less, and seemed shut up in his own thoughts 
and rather wandering. Once, for instance, to our ex- 
treme wonder, he piped up to a different air, a kind of 
country love-song, that he must have learned in his 
youth before he had begun to follow the sea. 

So things passed until, the day after the funeral, and 
about three o'clock of a bitter, foggy, frosty afternoon, 
I was standing at the door for a moment, full of sad 
thoughts about my father, when I saw some one draw- 
ing slowly near along the road. He was plainly blind, 
for he tapped before him with a stick, and wore a great 
green shade over his eyes and nose ; and he was hunched, 
as if with age or weakness, and wore a huge old tattered 
sea-cloak with a hood, that made him appear positively 
deformed. I never saw in my life a more dreadful look- 
ing figure. He stopped a little from the inn, and, rais- 
ing his voice in an odd sing-song, addressed the air in 
front of him : — 

"Will any kind friend inform a poor blind man, who 
has lost the precious sight of his eyes in the gracious de- 
fence of his native country, England, and God bless King 
George! — where or in what part of this country he may 
now be ? " 

" You are at the 'Admiral Benbow/ Black Hil! Cove, 
my good man," said I. 

23 



TREASURE ISLAND 

" I hear a voice/* said he — "a young voice. Will 
you give me your hand, my kind young friend, and lead 
me in?" 

I held out my hand, and the horrible, soft-spoken, 
eyeless creature gripped it in a moment like a vice. I 
was so much startled that I struggled to withdraw; but 
the blind man pulled me close up to him with a single 
action of his arm. 

"Now, boy/' he said, "take me in to the captain." 

"Sir," said I, "upon my word I dare not." 

"Oh," he sneered, "that's it! Take me in straight, 
^r I'll break your arm." 

And he gave it, as he spoke, a wrench that made me 
cry out. 

"Sir." said I, "it is for yourself I mean. The captain 
is not what he used to be. He sits with a drawn cut- 
Jass. Another gentleman " 

"Come, now, march," interrupted he; and 1 never 
heard a voice so cruel, and cold, and ugly as that blind 
man's. It cowed me more than the pain ; and I began 
to obey him at once, walking straight in at the door and 
towards the parlour, where our sick old buccaneer was 
sitting, dazed with rum. The blind man clung close to 
me, holding me in one iron fist, and leaning almost 
more of his weight on me than I could carry. "Lead 
me straight up to him, and when I'm in view, cry out, 
6 Here's a friend for you, Bill.' If you don't, 111 do this ; " 
and with that he gave me a twitch that I thought would 
have made me faint. Between this and that, I was so 
utterly terrified of the blind beggar that I forgot my ter- 
ror of the captain, and as I opened the parlour door, 
cried out the words he had ordered in a trembling voice. 

24 



THE BLACK SPOT 

The poor captain raised his eyes, and at one look the 
rum went out of him, and left him staring sober. The 
expression of his face was not so much of terror as of 
mortal sickness. He made a movement to rise, but I do 
not believe he had enough force left in his body. 

" Now, Bill, sit where you are," said the beggar. "If 
I can't see, I can hear a finger stirring. Business is busi- 
ness. Hold out your left hand. Boy, take his left hand 
by the wrist, and bring it near to my right/' 

We both obeyed him to the letter, and I saw him pass 
something from the hollow of the hand that held his 
stick into the palm of the captain's, which closed upon 
it instantly. 

" And now that's done," said the blind man; and at 
the words he suddenly left hold of me, and with incredi- 
ble accuracy and nimbleness, skipped out of the parlour 
and into the road, where, as I still stood motionless, I 
could hear his stick go tap-tap-tapping into the dis- 
tance. 

It was some time before either I or the captain seemed 
to gather our senses; but at length, and about at the 
same moment, I released his wrist, which I was still 
holding, and he drew in his hand and looked sharply 
into the palm. 

"Ten o'clock!" he cried. "Six hours. We'll do 
them yet ; " and he sprang to his feet. 

Even as he did so, he reeled, put his hand to his throat, 
stood swaying for a moment, and then, with a peculiar 
sound, fell from his whole height face foremost to the 
floor. 

I ran to him at once, calling to my mother. But 
haste was all in vain. The captain had been struck 

as 



TREASURE ISLAND 

dead by thundering apoplexy. It is a curious thing to 
understand, for I had certainly never liked the man, 
though of late I had begun to pity him, but as soon as 
I saw that he was dead, I burst into a flood of tears. It 
was the second death I had known, and the sorrow of 
the first was still fresh in mv heart. 



CHAPTER IV 

THE SEA-CHEST 

I lost no time, of course, in telling my mother all that 
I knew, and perhaps should have told her long before, 
and we saw ourselves at once in a difficult and danger- 
ous position. Some of the man's money — if he had 
any — was certainly due to us; but it was not likely 
that our captain's shipmates, above all the two speci- 
mens seen by me, Black Dog and the blind beggar, 
would be inclined to give up their booty in payment of 
the dead man's debts. The captain's order to mount 
at once and ride for Doctor Livesey would have left my 
mother alone and unprotected, which was not to be 
thought of. Indeed, it seemed impossible for either of 
us to remain much longer in the house : the fall of coals 
in the kitchen grate, the very ticking of the clock, filled 
us with alarms. The neighbourhood, to our ears, 
seemed haunted by approaching footsteps; and what 
between the dead body of the captain on the parlour 
floor, and the thought of that detestable blind beggar 
hovering near at hand, and ready to return, there were 
moments when, as the saying goes, I jumped in my 
skin for terror. Something must speedily be resolved 
upon ; and it occurred to us at last to go forth together 
and seek help in the neighbouring hamlet. No sooner 

27 



TREASURE ISLAND 

said than done. Bare-headed as we were, we ran out 
at once in the gathering evening and the frosty fog. 

The hamlet lay not many hundred yards away though 
out of view, on the other side of the next cove; and 
what greatly encouraged me, it was in an opposite 
direction from that whence the blind man had made his 
appearance, and whither he had presumably returned. 
We were not many minutes on the road, though we 
sometimes stopped to lay hold of each other and hearken. 
But there was no unusual sound — nothing but the low 
wash of the ripple and the croaking of the inmates of 
the wood. 

It was already candle-light when we reached the ham- 
let, and I shall never forget how much I was cheered to see 
the yellow shine in doors and windows; but that, as it 
proved, was the best of the help we were likely to get in 
that quarter. For — you would have thought men would 
have been ashamed of themselves — no soul would con- 
sent to return with us to the " Admiral Benbow." The 
more we told of our troubles, the more — man, woman, 
and child — they clung to the shelter of their houses. 
The name of Captain Flint, though it was strange to me, 
was well enough known to some there, and carried a 
great weight of terror. Some of the men who had been 
to field-work on the far side of the "Admiral Benbow " 
remembered, besides, to have seen several strangers on 
the road, and, taking them to be smugglers, to have 
bolted away; and one at least had seen a little lugger in 
what we called Kitt's Hole. For that matter, any one 
who was a comrade of the captain's was enough to 
frighten them to death. And the short and the long of 
the matter was, that while we could get several who 

58 



THE SEA-CHEST 

were willing enough to ride to Dr. Livesey's, which lay 
in another direction, not one would help us to defend 
the inn. 

They say cowardice is infectious; but then argument 
is, on the other hand, a great emboldener; and so when 
each had said his say, my mother made them a speech, 
She would not, she declared, lose money that belonged 
to her fatherless boy ; "if none of the rest of you dare," 
she said, "Jim and I dare. Back we will go, the way 
we came, and small thanks to you big, hulking, chicken- 
hearted men. We'll have that chest open, if we diefo! 
it. And I'll thank you for that bag, Mrs, Crossley, to 
bring back our lawful money in." 

Of course, I said I would go with my mother; and of 
course they all cried out at our foolhardiness ; but ever* 
then not a man would go along with us. All they would 
do was to give me a loaded pistol, lest we were attacked ; 
and to promise to have horses ready saddled, in case 
we were pursued on our return ; while o^ie lad was to 
ride forward to the doctor's in search of armed assist- 
ance. 

My heart was beating finely when we two set forth 
in the cold night upon this dangerous venture. A full 
moon was beginning to rise and peered redly through 
the upper edges of the fog, and this increased our haste, 
for it was plain, before we came forth again, that all 
would be as bright as day, and our departure exposed to 
the eyes of any watchers. We slipped along the hedges, 
noiseless and swift, nor did we see or hear anything to 
increase our terrors, till, to our relief, the door of the 
" Admiral Benbow " had closed behind us. 

I slipped the bolt at once, and we stood and panted 
29 



TREASURE ISLAND 

for a moment in the dark, alone in the house with the 
dead captain's body. Then my mother got a candle in 
the bar, and, holding each other's hands, we advanced 
into the parlour. He lay as we had left him, on his 
back, with his eyes open, and one arm stretched out. 

" Draw down the blind, Jim," whispered my mother; 
"they might come and watch outside. And now/' 
said she, when 1 had done so, " we have to get the key 
off that; and who's to touch it, I should like to know!" 
and she gave a kind of sob as she said the words. 

I went down on my knees at once. On the floor 
close to his hand there was a little round of paper, 
blackened on the one side. I could not doubt that this 
was the black spot ; and taking it up, I found written 
on the other side, in a very good, clear hand, this short 
message: "You have till ten to-night." 

"He had till ten, mother," said I; and just as I said 
it, our old clock began striking. This sudden noise 
startled us shockingly; but the news was good, for it 
was only six. 

"Now, Jim," she said, "that key." 

I felt in his pockets, one after another. A few small 
coins, a thimble, and some thread and big needles, a 
piece of pigtail tobacco bitten away at the end, his gully 
with the crooked handle, a pocket compass, and a tin- 
der-box, were all that they contained, and I began to 
despair. 

" Perhaps it's round his neck," suggested my mother. 

Overcoming a strong repugnance, I tore open his shirt 
at the neck, and there, sure enough, hanging to a bit 
of tarry string, which I cut with his own gully, we 
found the key. At this triumph we were filled with 

30 



THE SEA-CHEST 

hope, and hurried up-stairs, without delay, to the little 
room where he had slept so long, and where his box 
had stood since the day of his arrival. 

It was like any other seaman's chest on the outside, 
the initial "B." burned on the top of it with a hot iron, 
and the corners somewhat smashed and broken as by 
long, rough usage. 

" Give me the key/' said my mother; and though the 
lock was very stiff, she had turned it and thrown back 
the lid in a twinkling. 

A strong smell of tobacco and tar rose from the inte- 
rior, but nothing was to be seen on the top except a 
suit of very good clothes, carefully brushed and folded. 
They had never been worn, my mother said. Under 
that, the miscellany began — a quadrant, a tin canikin, 
several sticks of tobacco, two brace of very handsome 
pistols, a piece of bar silver, an old Spanish watch and 
some other trinkets of little value and mostly of foreign 
make, a pair of compasses mounted with brass, and five 
or six curious West Indian shells. I have often won- 
dered since why he should have carried about these 
shells with him in his wandering, guilty, and hunted 
life. 

In the meantime, we had found nothing of any value 
but the silver and the trinkets, and neither of these were 
in our way. Underneath there was an old boat-cloak, 
whitened with sea-salt on many a harbour-bar. My 
mother pulled it up with impatience, and there lay be- 
fore us, the last things in the chest, a bundle tied up in 
oilcloth, and looking like papers, and a canvas bag, that 
gave forth, at a touch, the jingle of gold. 

"Til show these rogues that I'm an honest woman," 
31 



TREASURE ISLAND 

said my mother. "-I'll have my dues, and not a farthing 
over. Hold Mrs. Crossley's bag." And she began to 
count over the amount of the captain's score from the 
sailor's bag into the one that 1 was holding. 

It was a long, difficult business, for the coins were of 
all countries and sizes -^doubloons, and louis-d'ors, and 
guineas, and pieces of eight, and I know not w r hat be- 
sides, all shaken together at random. The guineas, 
too, were about the scarcest, and it was with these only 
that my mother knew how to make her count 

When we were about half way through, I suddenly 
put my hand upon her arm ; for I had heard in the silent, 
frosty air, a sound that brought my heart into my mouth 
— the tap-tapping of the blind man's stick upon the 
frozen road. It drew nearer and nearer, while we sat 
holding our breath. Then it struck sharp on the inn 
door, and then we could hear the handle being turned, 
and the bolt rattling as the wretched being tried to en- 
ter; and then there was a long time of silence both 
within and without. At last the tapping re-commenced, 
and, to our indescribable joy and gratitude, died slowly 
away again until it ceased to be heard. 

"Mother/' said I, "take the whole and let's be go- 
ing; " for I was sure the bolted door must have seemed 
suspicious, and would bring the whole hornet's nest 
about our ears; though how thankful I was that I had 
bolted it, none could tell who had never met that terrible 
blind man. 

But my mother, frightened as she was, would not con- 
sent to take a fraction more than was due to her, and 
was obstinately unwilling to be content with less. It 
was not yet seven, she said, by a long way; she knew 

32 , 



THE SEA-CHEST 

her rights ^nd she would have them ; and she was still 
arguing with me, when a little low whistle sounded a 
good way off upon the hill. That was enough, and 
more than enough, for both of us. 

" I'll take what I have, " she said, jumping to her feet. 

"And I'll take this to square the count/' said I, pick- 
ing up the oilskin packet 

Next moment we were both groping down-stairs, 
leaving the candle by the empty chest; and the next we 
had opened the door and were in full retreat. We had 
not started a moment too soon. The fog was rapidly 
dispersing; already the moon shone quite clear on the 
high ground on either side; and it was only in the ex- 
act bottom of the dell and round the tavern door that a 
thin veil still hung unbroken to conceal the first steps 
of our escape. Far less than half-way to the hamlet, 
very little beyond the bottom of the hill, we must come 
forth into the moonlight. Nor was this all; for the 
sound of several footsteps running came already to our 
ears, and as we looked back in their direction, a light 
tossing to and fro and still rapidly advancing, showed 
that one of the new-comers carried a lantern. 

"My dear," said my mother suddenly, "take the 
money and run on. I am going to faint." 

This was certainly the end for both of us, I thought. 
How I cursed the cowardice of the neighbours ; how I 
blamed my poor mother for her honesty and her greed, 
for her past foolhardiness and present weakness ! We 
were just at the little bridge, by good fortune; and I 
helped her, tottering as she was, to the edge of the 
bank, where, sure enough^ she gave a sigh and fell on 
my shoulder. I do not know how I found the strength 



TREASURE ISLAND 

to do it at all, and I am afraid it was roughly done ; but 
I managed to drag her down the bank and a little way 
under the arch. Farther I could not move her, for the 
bridge was too low to let me do more than crawl below 
it. So there we had to stay — my mother almost entirely 
exposed, and both of us within earshot of the inn. 



CHAPTER V 

THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 

My curiosity, in a sense, was stronger than my fear; 
for I could not remain where I was, but crept back to 
the bank again, whence, sheltering my head behind a 
bush of broom, I might command the road before our 
door. I was scarcely in position ere my enemies began 
to arrive, seven or eight of them, running hard, their 
feet beating out of time along the road, and the man 
with the lantern some paces in front. Three men ran 
together, hand in hand ; and I made out, even through 
the mist, that the middle man of this trio was the blind 
beggar. The next moment his voice showed me that 
I was right 

" Down with the door ! " he cried. 

"Ay, ay, sir!" answered two or three; and a rush 
was made upon the "Admiral Benbow," the lantern- 
bearer following ; and then I could see them pause, and 
hear speeches passed in a lower key, as if they were 
surprised to find the door open. But the pause was 
brief, for the blind man again issued his commands. 
His voice sounded louder and higher, as if he were afire 
with eagerness and rage. 

"In, in, in!" he shouted, and curse'd them for their 
delay. 

3* 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Four or five of them obeyed at once, two remaining 
on the road with the formidable beggar. There was a 
pause, then a cry of surprise, and then a voice shouting 
from the house: — 

"Bill's dead." 

But the blind man swore at them again for their delay, 

"Search him, some of you shirking lubbers, and the 
rest of you aloft and get the chest," he cried. 

1 cou!d hear their feet rattling up our old stairs, so 
that the house must have shook with it. Promptly 
afterwards, fresh sounds of astonishment arose; the win- 
dow of the captain's room was thrown open with a 
slam and a jingle of broken glass ; and a man leaned out 
into the moonlight, head and shoulders, and addressed 
the blind beggar on the road below him. 

"Pew," he cried, "they've been before us. Some 
one's turned the chest out alow and aloft" 

" Is it there ? " roared Pew. 

"The money's there." 

The blind man cursed the money. 

"Flint's fist, I mean," he cried. 

" We don't see it here nohow," returned the man. 

"Here, you below there, is it on Bill?" cried the 
blind man again. 

At that, another fellow, probably he who had remained 
below to search the captain's body, came to the door 
of the inn. "Bill's been overhauled a'ready," said he, 
"nothm' left." 

" It's these people of the inn — it's that boy. I wish 
I had put his eyes out!" cried the blind man, Pew. 
"They were here no time ago — they had the door 
bolted when I tried it. Scatter, lads, and find 'em/* 

3 6 



THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 

" Sure enough, they left their glim here/' said the fel- 
low from the window. 

" Scatter and find 'em ! Rout the house out! " reiter- 
ated Pew, striking with his stick upon the road. 

Then there followed a great to-do through all our old 
inn, heavy feet pounding to and fro, furniture thrown 
over, doors kicked in, until the very rocks re-echoed, 
and the men came out again, one after another, on the 
road, and declared that we were nowhere to be found. 
And just then the same whistle that had alarmed my 
mother and myself over the dead captain's money was 
once more clearly audible through the night, but this 
time twice repeated. I had thought it to be the blind 
man's trumpet, so to speak, summoning his crew to the 
assault; but I now found that it was a signal from the 
hillside towards the hamlet, and, from its effect upon 
the buccaneers, a signal to warn them of approaching 
danger. 

"There's Dirk again," said one. "Twice! We'll 
have to budge, mates." 

" Budge, you skulk! " cried Pew. " Dirk was a fool 
and a coward from the first — you wouldn't mind him. 
They must be close by; they can't be far; you have your 
hands on it. Scatter and look for them, dogs !• Oh ? ^ 
shiver my soul," he cried, " if I had eyes! " 

This appeal seemed to produce some effect, for two 
of the fellows began to look here and there among the 
lumber, but half-heartedly, I thought, and with half an 
eye to their own danger all the time, while the rest stood 
irresolute on the road. 

"You have your hands on thousands, you fools, and 
you hang a leg! You'd be as rich as kings if you could 

37 



TREASURE ISLAND 

find it, and you know it's here, and you stand there 
skulking. There wasn't one of you dared face Bill, and 
I did it — a blind man ! And I'm to lose my chance for you ! 
I'm to be a poor, crawling beggar, sponging for rum, 
when I might be rolling in a coach ! If you had the pluck 
of a weevil in a biscuit you would catch them still." 

" Hang it, Pew, we've got the doubloons! " grumbled 
one. 

"They might have hid the blessed thing, " said an- 
other. "Take the Georges, Pew, and don't stand here 
squalling." 

Squalling was the word for it, Pew's anger rose so 
high at these objections; till at last, his passion com- 
pletely taking the upper hand, he struck at them right 
and left in his blindness, and his stick sounded heavily 
on more than one. 

These, in their turn, cursed back at the blind mis- 
creant, threatened him in horrid terms, and tried in vain 
to catch the stick and wrest it from his grasp. 

This quarrel was the saving of us ; for while it was 
still raging, another sound came from the top of the hill 
on the side of the hamlet — the tramp of horses gallop- 
ing. Almost at the same time a pistol-shot, flash and 
report, came from the hedge side. And that was plainly 
the last signal of danger; for the buccaneers turned at 
once and ran, separating in every direction, one seaward 
along the cove, one slant across the hill, and so on, so 
that in half a minute not a sign of them remained but 
Pew. Him they had deserted, whether in sheer panic 
or out of revenge for his ill words and blows, I know 
not; but there he remained behind, tapping up and down 
the road in a frenzy, and groping and calling for his 



THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 

comrades. Finally he took the wrong turn, and ran a 
few steps past me, towards the hamlet, crying : — 

" Johnny, Black Dog, Dirk," and other names, "you 
won't leave old Pew, mates — not old Pew! " 

Just then the noise of horses topped the rise, and four 
or five riders came in sight in the moonlight, and swept 
at full gallop down the slope. 

At this Pew saw his error, turned with a scream, and 
ran straight for the ditch, into which he rolled. But he 
was on his feet again in a second, and made another 
dash, now utterly bewildered, right under the nearest 
of the coming horses. 

The rider tried to save him, but in vain. Down went 
Pew with a cry that rang high into the night; and the 
four hoofs trampled and spurned him and passed by. 
He fell on his side, then gently collapsed upon his face, 
and moved no more. 

1 leaped to my feet and hailed the riders. They were 
pulling up, at any rate, horrified at the accident; and I 
soon saw what they were. One, tailing out behind the 
rest, was a lad that had gone from the hamlet to Dr. 
Livesey's; the rest were revenue officers, whom he had 
met by the way, and with whom he had had the intel- 
ligence to return at once. Some news of the lugger in 
Kitt's Hole had found its way to Supervisor Dance, and 
set him forth that night in our direction, and to that cir- 
cumstance my mother and I owed our preservation from 
death. 

Pew was dead, stone dead. As for my mother, when 
we had carried her up to the hamlet, a little cold water 
and salts and that soon brought her back again, and she 
Was none the worse for her terror, though she still con- 

39 



TREASURE ISLAND 

tinned to deplore the balance of the money. In the mean- 
time the supervisor rode on, as fast as he could, to Kitt's 
Hole; but his men had to dismount and grope down the 
dingle, leading, and sometimes supporting, their horses, 
and in continual fear of ambushes ; so it was no great 
matter for surprise that when they got down to the Hole 
the lugger was already under way, though still close in. 
He hailed her. A voice replied, telling him to keep out 
of the moonlight, or he would get some lead in him, and 
at the same time a bullet whistled close by his arm. 
Soon after, the lugger doubled the point and disap- 
peared. Mr. Dance stood there, as he said, " like a fish 
out of water. " and all he could do was to despatch a man 

to B to warn the cutter. "And that," said he, "is 

just about as good as nothing. They've got off clean, 
and there's an end. Only," he added, " I'm glad I trod 
on Master Pew's corns; " for by this time he had heard 
my story. 

I went back with him to the "Admiral Benbow," and 
you cannot imagine a house in such a state of smash ; 
the very clock had bpen thrown down by these fellows 
in their furious hunt after my mother and myself; and 
though nothing had actually been taken away except the 
captain "s money-bag and a little silver from the till, I 
could see at once that we were ruined. Mr. Dance 
could make nothing of the scene. 

"They got the money, you say ? Well, then, Haw- 
kins, what in fortune .were they after ? More money, 1 
suppose ?" 

" No, sir; not money, I think," replied I. "In fact, 
sir, I believe I have the thing in my breast-pocket ; and, 
to tell you the truth, I should like to get it put in safety/* 



THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 

" To be sure, boy; quite right," said he. " I'll take 
it, if you like." 

"I thought, perhaps, Dr. Livesey " I began. 

" Perfectly right," he interrupted, very cheerily, "per- 
fectly right — a gentleman and a magistrate. And, now 
I come to think of it, I might as well ride round there 
myself and report to him or squire. Master Pew's dead, 
when all's done; not that 1 regret it, but he's dead, 
you see, and people will make it out against an officer 
of his Majesty's revenue, if make it out they can. Now, 
I'll tell you, Hawkins: if you like, I'll take you along." 

I thanked him heartily for the offer, and we walked 
back to the hamlet where the horses were. By the time 
I had told mother of my purpose they were all in the 
saddle. 

"Dogger," said Mr. Dance, "you have a good horse; 
take up this lad behind you." 

As soon as I was mounted, holding on to Dogger's 
belt, the supervisor gave the word, and the party struck 
out at a bouncing trot on the road to Dr. Livesey's 
house. 



CHAPTER VI 

THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 

We rode hard all the way, till we drew up before 
Dr. Livesey's door. The house was all dark to the 
front. 

Mr. Dance told me to jump down and knock, and 
Dogger gave me a stirrup to descend by. The door 
was opened almost at once by the maid. 

"Is Dr. Livesey in ?" I asked. 

No, she said; he had come home in the afternoon, 
but had gone up to the Hall to dine and pass the even- 
ing with the squire. 

" So there we go, boys," said Mr. Dance. 

This time, as the distance was short, I dM not mount, 
but ran with Dogger's stirrup-leather to the lodge gates, 
and up the long, leafless, moonlit avenue to where the 
white line of the Hall buildings looked on either hand 
on great old gardens. Here Mr. Dance dismounted, 
and, taking me along with him, was admitted at a word 
into the house. 

The servant led us down a matted passage, and showed 
us at the end into a great library, all lined with book- 
cases and busts upon the top of them, where the squire 
and Dr. Livesey sat, pipe in hand, on either side of a 
bright fire. 



THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 

I had never seen the squire so near at hand. He was 
a tall man, over six feet high, and broad in proportion, 
and he had a bluff, rough-and-ready face, all roughened 
and reddened and lined in his long travels. His eye- 
brows were very black, and moved readily, and this 
gave him a look of some temper, not bad, you would 
say, but quick and high. 

"Come in, Mr. Dance/ ' says he, very stately and con- 
descending. 

" Good evening, Dance," says the doctor, with a nod. 
"And good evening to you, friend Jim. What good 
wind brings you here ? " 

The supervisor stood up straight and stiff, and told 
his story like a lesson ; and you should have aeen how 
the two gentlemen leaned forward and looked at each 
other, and forgot to smoke in their surprise and interest. 
When they heard how my mother went back to the 
inn, Dr. Livesey fairly slapped his thigh, and the squire 
cried "Bravo!" and broke his long pipe against the 
grate. Long before it was done, Mr. Trelawney (that, 
you will remember, was the squire's name) had got up 
from his seat, and was striding about the room, and the 
doctor, as if to hear the better, had taken off his pow- 
dered wig, and sat there, looking very strange indeed 
with his own close-cropped, black poll. 

At last Mr. Dance finished the story. 

" Mr. Dance," said the squire, "you are a very noble 
fellow. And as for riding down that black, atrocious 
miscreant, I regard it as an act of virtue, sir, like stamp- 
ing on a cockroach. This lad Hawkins is a trump, I 
perceive. Hawkins, will you ring that bell ? Mr. Dance 
must have some ale." 

43 



V 



TREASURE ISLAND 

" And so, Jim," said the doctor, "you have the thing 
that they were after, have you ? " 

"Here it is, sir/' said I, and gave him the oilskin packet. 

The doctor looked it all over, as if his fingers were 
itching to open it; but, instead of doing that, he put it 
quietly in the pocket of his coat. 

"Squire," said he, "when Dance has had his ale he 
must, of course, be off on his Majesty's service ; but I 
mean to keep Jim Hawkins here to sleep at my house, 
and, with your permission, I propose we should have up 
the cold pie, and let him sup." 

"As you will, Livesey," said the squire; "Hawkins 
has earned better than cold pie." 

So a big pigeon pie was brought in and put on a side- 
table, and I made a hearty supper, for I was as hungry 
as a hawk, while Mr. Dance was further complimented, 
and at last dismissed. 

"And now, squire," said the doctor. 

"And now, Livesey," said the squire in the same 
breath. 

" One at a time, one at a time," laughed Dr. Livesey. 
" You have heard of this Flint, I suppose ? " 

" Heard of him ! " cried the squire. " Heard of him, 
you say! He was the bloodthirstiest buccaneer that 
sailed. Blackbeard was a child to Flint. The Spaniards 
were so prodigiously afraid of him, that, I tell you, sir, 
I was sometimes proud he was an Englishman. I've 
seen his top-sails with these eyes, off Trinidad, and the 
cowardly son of a rum-puncheon that I sailed with put 
back — put back, sir, into Port of Spain." 

"Well, I've heard of him myself, in England," said 
the doctor. " But the point is, had he money ? " 

44 



THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 

" Money! " cried the squire. "Have you heard the 
story? What were these villains after but money? 
What do they care for but money ? For what would 
they risk their rascal carcasses but money ? " 

"That we shall soon know," replied the doctor. 
" But you are so confoundedly hot-headed and exclama- 
tory that I cannot get a word in. What I want to know 
is this : Supposing that I have here in my pocket some 
clue to where Flint buried his treasure, will that treasure 
amount to much ? " 

"Amount, sir!" cried the squire. " It will amount 
to this : if we have the clue you talk about, I fit out a ship 
in Bristol dock, and take you and Hawkins here along, 
and I'll have that treasure if I search a year." 

"Very well," said the doctor. "Now, then, if Jim 
is agreeable, we'll open the packet; " and he laid it be- 
fore him on the table. 

The bundle was sewn together, and the doctor had to 
get out his instrument-case, and cut the stitches with 
his medical scissors. It contained two things — a book 
and a sealed paper. 

" First of all we'll try the book, " observed the doctor. 

The squire and I were both peering over his shoulder 
as he opened it, for Dr. Livesey had kindly motioned me 
to come round from the side-table, where I had been 
eating, to enjoy the sport of the search. On the first 
page there were only some scraps of writing, such as a 
man with a pen in his hand might make for idleness or 
practice. One was the same as the tattoo mark, "Billy 
Bones his fancy;" then there was "Mr. W. Bones, 
mate." "No more rum." " Off Palm Key he got itt ; " 
and some other snatches, mostly single words and un- 

45 



TREASURE ISLAND 

intelligible. I could not help wondering who it was 
that had "got itt," and what "itt" was tiiat he got. 
A knife in his back as like as not. 

"Not much instruction there/' said Dr. Livesey, as 
he passed on. 

The next ten or twelve pages were filled with a curi- 
ous series of entries. There was a date at one end of 
the line and at the other a sum of money, as in common 
account-books ; but instead of explanatory writing, only 
a varying number of crosses between the two. On the 
12th of June, 1745, for instance, a sum of seventy pounds 
had plainly become due to some one, and there was 
nothing but six crosses to explain the cause. In a few 
cases, to be sure, the name of a place would be added, 
as "Offe Caraccas;" or a mere entry of latitude and 
longitude, as "62 17' 20", 19 2' 40"." 

The record lasted over nearly twenty years, the amount 
of the separate entries growing larger as time went on, 
and at the end a grand total had been made out after 
five or six wrong additions, and these words appended, 
"Bones, his pile/' 

" I can't make head or tail of this," said Dr. Livesey. 

"The thing is as clear as noonday," cried the squire. 
"This is the black-hearted hound's account-book. 
These crosses stand for the names of ships or towns 
that they sank or plundered. The sums are the scoun- 
drel's share, and where he feared an ambiguity, you see 
he added something clearer. ' Offe Caraccas, ' now ; you 
see, here was some unhappy vessel boarded off that 
coast. God help the poor souls that manned her — 
coral long ago." 

" Right! " said the doctor. " See what ft is to be a 
46 



THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 

traveller. Right ! And the amounts increase, you see, 
as he rose in rank." 

There was little else in the volume but a few bearings 
of places noted in the blank leaves towards the end, 
and a table for reducing French, English, and Spanish 
moneys to a common value. 

"Thrifty man!" cried the doctor. "He wasn't the 
one to be cheated." 

"And now," said the squire, "for the other." 

The paper had been sealed in several places with a 
thimble by way of seal ; the very thimble, perhaps, that I 
had found in the captain's pocket. The doctor opened 
the seals with great care, and there fell out the map of 
an island, with latitude and longitude, soundings, names 
of hills, and bays and inlets, and every particular that 
would be needed to bring a ship to a safe anchorage 
upon its shores. It was about nine miles long and five 
across, shaped, you might say, like a fat dragon standing 
up, and had two fine land-locked harbours, and a hill in 
the centre part marked "The Spy-glass." There were 
several additions of a later date; but, above all, three 
crosses of red ink — two on the north part of the island, 
one in the south-west, and, beside this last, in the same 
red ink, and in a small, neat hand, very different from 
the captain's tottery characters, these words : — " Bulk 
of treasure here. " 

Over on the back the same hand had written this 
further information : — 

"Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to the N. of N.N.E, 

" Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E. 

"Ten feet. 

"The bar silver is in the north cache ; you can find it by the trend 

47 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of the east hummock, ten fathoms south of the black crag with the face 
on it. 

"The arms are easy found, in the sand hill, N. point of north inlet 
cape, bearing E. and a quarter N. "J. F." 

That was all; but brief as it was, and, to me, incom- 
prehensible, it filled the squire and Dr. Livesey with 
delight 

"Livesey," said the squire, "you will give up this 
wretched practice at once. To-morrow I start for Bristol. 
In three weeks' time — three weeks! — two weeks — 
ten days — we'll have the best ship, sir, and the choicest 
crew in England. Hawkins shall come as cabin-boy* 
You'll make a famous cabin-boy, Hawkins. You, Live- 
sey, are ship's doctor; I am admiral. We'll take Red- 
ruth, Joyce, and Hunter. We'll have favourable winds, 
a quick passage, and not the least difficulty in finding 
the spot, and money to eat — to roll in — to play duck 
and drake with ever after." 

" Trelawney," said the doctor. " I'll go with you; and 
I'll go bail for it, so will Jim, and be a credit to the 
undertaking. There's only one man I'm afraid of." 

"And who's that?" cried the squire. "Name the 
dog, sir!" 

"You," replied the doctor; "for you cannot hold 
your tongue. We are not the only men who know 
of this paper. These fellows who attacked the inn 
to-night — bold, desperate blades, for sure — and the 
rest who stayed aboard that lugger, and more, I dare 
say, not far off, are, one and all, through thick and thin, 
bound that they'll get that money. We must none 
of us go alone till we get to sea. Jim and I shall 
stick together in the meanwhile: you'll take Joyce 

48 



THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 

and Hunter when you ride to Bristol, and, from first to 
last, not one of us must breathe a word of what we've 
found." 

"Livesey," returned the squire, "you are always in 
the right of it. I'll be as silent as the grave." 



PART II 
THE SEA COOK 



CHAPTER VII 

I GO TO BRISTOL 

IT was longer than the squire imagined ere we were 
ready for the sea, and none of our first plans — not 
even Dr. Livesey's, of keeping me beside him — could 
be carried out as we intended. The doctor had to go to 
London for a physician to take charge of his practice ; 
the squire was hard at work at Bristol ; and I lived on at 
the Hall under the charge of old Redruth, the game- 
keeper, almost a prisoner, but full of sea-dreams and the 
most charming anticipations of strange islands and ad- 
ventures. I brooded by the hour together over the map, 
all the details of which I well remembered. Sitting by 
the fire in the housekeeper's room, I approached that isl- 
and in my fancy, from every possible direction ; I ex- 
plored every acre of its surface ; I climbed a thousand 
times to that tall hill they call the Spy-glass, and from 
the top enjoyed the most wonderful and changing pros- 
pects. Sometimes the isle was thick with savages, with 
whom we fought; sometimes full of dangerous animals 
that hunted us ; but in all my fancies nothing occurred 
to me so strange and tragic as our actual adventures. 

So the weeks passed on, till one fine day there came 
a letter addressed to Dr. Livesey, with this addition, 
1 1 To be opened, in the case of his absence, by Tom Red- 

53 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ruth, or young Hawkins." Obeying this order, we 
found, or rather, I found — for the gamekeeper was a 
poor hand at reading anything but print — the following 
important news: — 

" Old Anchor Inn, Bristol, March i, iy — . 

"Dear Livesey, — As I do not know whether you are at the Hall or 
still in London, I send this in double to both places. 

" The ship is bought and fitted. She lies at anchor, ready for sea. 
You never imagined a sweeter schooner — a child might sail her — two 
hundred tons; name, Hispaniola. 

" 1 got her through my old friend, Blandly, who has proved himself 
throughout the most surprising trump. The admirable fellow literally 
slaved in my interest, and so, I may say, did every one in Bristol, as 
soon as they got wind of the port we sailed for — treasure, I mean." 

" Redruth," said I, interrupting the letter, "Doctor 
Livesey will not like that. The squire has been talking, 
after all." 

"Well, who's a better right?" growled the game- 
keeper. "A pretty rum go if squire ain't to talk for 
Doctor Livesey, I should think." 

At that I gave up all attempt at commentary, and read 
straight on: — 

" Blandly himself found the Hispaniola, and by the most admirable 
management got her for the merest trifle. There is a class of men in 
Bristol monstrously prejudiced against Blandly. They go the length 
of declaring that this honest creature would do anything for money, 
that the Hispaniola belonged to him, and that he sold it me absurdly 
high — the most transparent calumnies. None of them dare, however, 
to deny the merits of the ship. 

"So far there was not a hitch. The workpeople, to be sure — rig- 
gers and what not — were most annoyingly slow; but time cured that, 
k was the crew that troubled me. 

" I wished a round score of men — in case of natives, buccaneers, or 
the odious French — and I had the worry of the deuce itself to find so 

54 



I GO TO BRISTOL 

much as half a dozen, till the most remarkable stroke of fortune brought 
me the very man that I required. 

" I was standing on the dock, when, by the merest accident, I fell in 
talk with him. 1 found he was an old sailor, kept a public-house, 
knew all the seafaring men in Bristol, had lost his health ashore, and 
wanted a good berth as cook to get to sea again. He had hobbled 
down there that morning, he said, to get a smell of the salt, 

" I was monstrously touched — so would you have been — and, out 
of pure pity, I engaged him on the spot to be ship's cook. Long John 
Silver, he is called, and has lost a leg; but that I regarded as a recom- 
mendation, since he lost it in his country's service, under the immortal 
Hawke. He has no pension, Livesey. Imagine the abominable age 
we live in ! 

" Well, sir, I thought I had only found a cook, but it was a crew I 
had discovered. Between Silver and myself we got together in a few 
days a company of the toughest old salts imaginable — not pretty to 
look at, but fellows, by their faces, of the most indomitable spirit. I 
declare we could fight a frigate. 

" Long John even got rid of two out of the six or seven I had al- 
ready engaged. He showed me in a moment that they were just the 
sort of fresh-water swabs we had to fear in an adventure of impor- 
tance. 

" I am in the most magnificent health and spirits, eating like a bull, 
sleeping like a tree, yet I shall not enjoy a moment till I hear my old 
tarpaulins tramping round the capstan. Seaward ho! Hang the trea- 
sure! It's the glory of the sea that has turned my head. So now, 
Livesey, come post; do not lose an hour, if you respect me. 

" Let young Hawkins go at once to see his mother, with Redruth for 
a guard; and then both come full speed to Bristol. 

"John Trelawney. 

"Postscript. — I did not tell you that Blandly, who, by the way, is 
to send a consort after us if we don't turn up by the end of August, had 
found an admirable fellow for sailing-master — a stiff man, which I re- 
gret, but, in all other respects, a treasure. Long John Silver unearthed 
a very competent man for a mate, a man named Arrow. I have a boat- 
swain who pipes, Livesey; so things shall go maia-o'-war fashion on 
board the good ship Hispaniola. 

55 



TREASURE ISLAND 

" I forgot to tell you that Silver is a man of substance; I know of 
my own knowledge that he has a banker's account, which has never 
been overdrawn. He leaves his wife to manage the inn; and as she is 
a woman of colour, a pair of old bachelors like you and I maybe excused 
for guessing that it is the wife, quite as much as the health, that sends 
him back to roving. " J. T. 

" P. P. S. — Hawkins may stay one night with his mother. 

a T T )t 

You can fancy the excitement into which that letter 
put me. I was half beside myself with glee ; and if ever 
I despised a man, it was old Tom Redruth, who could 
do nothing but grumble and lament. Any of the under- 
gamekeepers would gladly have changed places with 
him ; but such was not the squire's pleasure, and the 
squire's pleasure was like law among them all. Nobody 
but old Redruth would have dared so much as even to 
grumble. 

The next morning he and I set out on foot for the 
4 'Admiral Benbow, ,, and there I found my mother in 
good health and spirits. The captain, who had so long 
been a cause of so much discomfort, was gone where 
the wicked cease from troubling. The squire had had 
everything repaired, and the public rooms and the sign 
repainted, and had added some furniture — above all a 
beautiful arm-chair for mother in the bar. He had found 
her a boy as an apprentice also, so that she should not 
want help while I was gone. 

It was on seeing that boy that I understood, for the 
first time, my situation. I had thought up to that mo- 
ment of the adventures before me, not at all of the home 
that I was leaving; and now, at sight of this clumsy 
stranger, who was to stay here in my place beside my 

56 



I GO TO BRISTOL 

mother, I had my first attack of tears. I am afraid I led 
that boy a dog's life ; for as he was new to the work, I 
had a hundred opportunities of setting him right and 
putting him down, and I was not slow to profit by 
them. 

The night passed, and the next day, after dinner, Red- 
ruth and I were afoot again, and on the road. I said 
good-bye to mother and the cove where I had lived since 
I was born, and the dear old " Admiral Benbow " — since 
he was repainted, no longer quite so dear. One of my 
last thoughts was of the captain, who had so often strode 
along the beach with his cocked hat, his sabre-cut cheek, 
and his old brass telescope. Next moment we had 
turned the corner, and my home was out of sight. 

The mail picked us up about dusk at the "Royal 
George " on the heath. I was wedged in between Red- 
ruth and a stout old gentleman, and in spite of the swift 
motion and the cold night air, I must have dozed a great 
deal from the very first, and then slept like a log up hill 
and down dale through stage after stage ; for when I was 
awakened, at last, it was by a punch in the ribs, and I 
opened my eyes, to find that we were standing still be- 
fore a large building in a city street, and that the day had 
already broken a long time. 

"Where are we ? " I asked. 

' ' Bristol, " said Tom. "Get down. " 

Mr. Trelawney had taken up his residence at an inn 
far down the docks, to superintend the work upon the 
schooner. Thither we had now to walk, and our way, 
to my great delight, lay along the quays and beside the 
great multitude of ships of all sizes and rigs and nations. 
In one, sailors were singing at their work; in another, 

57- 



TREASURE ISLAND 

there were men aloft, high over my head, hanging t® 
threads that seemed no thicker than a spider's. Though 
I had lived by the shore all my life, I seemed never to 
have been near the sea till then. The smeH of tar and 
salt was something new. I saw the most wonderful 
figureheads, that had all been far over the ocean. I saw, 
besides, many old sailors, with rings in their ears, and 
whiskers curled in ringlets, and tarry pigtails, and their 
swaggering, clumsy sea-walk; and if I had seen as 
many kings or archbishops I could not have been more 
delighted. 

And I was going to sea myself; to sea in a schooner, 
with a piping boatswain, and pig-tailed singing seamen ; 
to sea, bound for an unknown island, and to seek for 
buried treasures! 

While I was still in this delightful dream, we came 
suddenly in front of a large inn, and met Squire Trelaw- 
ney, all dressed out like a sea-officer, in stout blue cloth, 
coming out of the door with a smile on his face, and a 
capital imitation of a sailor's walk. 

"Here you are," he cried, "and the doctor came last 
night from London. Bravo ! the ship's company com- 
plete!" 

" Oh, sir," cried I, "when do we sail ?" 

■ ' Sail ! " says he. " We sail to-morrow t " 



53 



CHAPTER VIII 

AT THE SIGN OF THE " SPY-GLASS " 

When I had done breakfasting the squire gave me a 
note addressed to John Silver, at the sign of the "Spy- 
glass," and told me I should easily find the place by 
following the line of the docks, and keeping a bright 
look-out for a little tavern with a large brass telescope 
for sign. I set off, overjoyed at this opportunity to see 
some more of the ships and seamen, and picked my 
way among a great crowd of people and carts and bales, 
for the dock was now at its busiest, until I found the 
tavern in question. 

It was a bright enough little place of entertainment. 
The sign was newly painted ; the windows had neat red 
curtains ; the floor was cleanly sanded. There was a 
street on each side, and an open door on both, which 
made the large, low room pretty clear to see in, in spite 
of clouds of tobacco smoke. 

The customers were mostly seafaring men ; and they 
talked so loudly that I hung at the door, almost afraid 
to enter. 

As I was waiting, a man came out of a side room, 
and, at a glance, I was sure he must be Long John. 
His left leg was cut off close by the hip, and under the 
left shoulder he carried a crutch, which he managed 

59 



TREASURE ISLAND 

with wonderful dexterity, hopping about upon it like a 
bird. He was very tall and strong, with a face as big 
as a ham — plain and pale, but intelligent and smiling. 
Indeed, he seemed in the most cheerful spirits, whistling 
as he moved about among the tables, with a merry word 
or a slap on the shoulder for the more favoured of his 
guests. 

Now, to tell you the truth, from the very first men- 
tion of Long John in Squire Trelawney's letter, I had 
taken a fear in my mind that he might prove to be the 
very one-legged sailor whom I had watched for so long 
at the old " Benbow." But one look at the man before 
me was enough. I had seen the captain, and Black 
Dog, and the blind man Pew, and I thought I knew 
what a buccaneer was like — a very different creature, 
according to me, from this clean and pleasant-tempered 
landlord. 

I plucked up courage at once, crossed the threshold, 
and walked right up to the man where he stood, propped 
on his crutch, talking to a customer. * 

"Mr. Silver, sir?" I asked, holding out the note. 

"Yes, my lad," said he; "such is my name, to be 
sure. And who may you be ? " And then as he saw 
the squire's letter, he seemed to me to give something 
almost like a start. 

"Oh!" said he, quite loud, and offering his hand, 
"I see. You are our new cabin-boy; pleased I am to 
see you." 

And he took my hand in his large firm grasp. 

Just then one of the customers at the far side rose 
suddenly and made for the door. It was close by him, 
and he was out in the street in a moment. But his 

60 




'OH," I SAID, "STOP HIM! IT'S BLACK DOG!' : 



AT THE SIGN OF THE "SPY-GLASS" 

hurry had attracted my notice, and I recognised him at a 
glance. It was the tallow-faced man, wanting two fin- 
gers, who had come first to the ''Admiral Benbow." 

"Oh," I cried, "stop him! it's Black Dog!" 

"I don't care two coppers who he is," cried Silver. 
"But he hasn't paid his score. Harry, run and catch 
him." 

One of the others who was nearest the door leaped 
up, and started in pursuit. 

" If he were Admiral Hawke he shall pay his score," 
cried Silver; and then, relinquishing my hand — "Who 
did you say he was ? " he asked. " Black what ? " 

"Dog, sir," said I. "Has Mr. Trelawney not told 
you of the buccaneers ? He was one of them." 

"So?" cried Silver. "In my house! Ben, run and 
help Harry. One of those swabs, was he ? Was that 
you drinking with him, Morgan ? Step up here." 

The man whom he called Morgan — an old, grey- 
haired, mahogany-faced sailor — came forward pretty 
sheepishly, rolling his quid. 

"Now, Morgan," said Long John, very sternly; "you 
never clapped your eyes on that Black — Black Dog be- 
fore, did you, now ?" 

"Not I, sir," said Morgan, with a salute. 

" You didn't know his name, did you ?" 

"No, sir." 

" By the powers, Tom Morgan, it's as good for you! " 
exclaimed the landlord. "If you had been mixed up 
with the like of that, you would never have put another 
foot in my house, you may lay to that. And what was 
he saying to you ? " 

"1 don't rightly know, sir," answered Morgan. 

6\ 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Do you call that a head on your shoulders, or a 
blessed dead-eye?" cried Long John. "Don't rightly 
know, don't you! Perhaps you don't happen to rightly 
know who you was speaking to, perhaps ? Come, 
now, what was he jawing — v'yages, cap'ns, ships? 
Pipe up ! What was it ? " 

"We was a-talkin' of keel-hauling," answered Mor- 
gan. 

"Keel-hauling, was you? and a mighty suitable 
thing, too, and you may lay to that. Get back to your 
place for a lubber, Tom." 

And then, as Morgan rolled back to his seat, Silver 
added to me in a confidential whisper, that was very 
flattering, as I thought : — 

" He's quite an honest man, Tom Morgan, on'y stupid. 
And now," he ran on again, aloud, "let's see — Black 
Dog ? No, I don't know the name, not I. Yet I kind 
of think I've — yes, I've seen the swab. He used to 
come here with a blind beggar, he used." 

" That he did, you may be sure," said I. "I knew 
that blind man, too. His name was Pew." 

" It was! " cried Silver, now quite excited. " Pew! 
That were his name for certain. Ah, he looked a shark, 
he did ! If we run down this Black Dog, now, there'll be 
news for Cap'n Trelawney! Ben's a good runner; few 
seamen run better than Ben. He should run him down, 
hand over hand, by the powers! He talked o' keel-haul- 
ing, did he ? Ill keel-haul him ! " 

All the time he was jerking out these phrases he was 
stumping up and down the tavern on his crutch, slap- 
ping tables with his hand, and giving such a show of 
excitement as would have convinced an Old Bailey judge 

62 



AT THE SIGN OF THE " SPY-GLASS " 

or a Bow Street runner. My suspicions had been thor- 
oughly re-awakened on finding Black Dog at the "Spy- 
glass," and I watched the cook narrowly. But he was 
too deep, and too ready, and too clever for me, and by the 
time the two men had come back out of breath, and con- 
fessed that they had lost the track in a crowd, and been 
scolded like thieves, I would have gone bail for the in- 
nocence of Long John Silver. 

"See here, now, Hawkins/' said he, "here's a blessed 
hard thing on a man like me, now, ain't it ? There's 
Cap'n Trelawney — what's he to think? Here I have 
this confounded son of a Dutchman sitting in my own 
house, drinking of my own rum ! Here you comes and 
tells me of it plain ; and here I let him give us all the slip 
before my blessed dead-lights! Now, Hawkins, you do 
me justice with the cap'n. You're a lad, you are, but 
you're as smart as paint. I see that when you first came 
in. Now, here it is: What could I do, with this old 
timber I hobble on ? When I was an A B master mari- 
ner I'd have come up alongside of him, hand overhand, 
and broached him to in a brace of old shakes, I would ; 
but now — -" 

And then, all of a sudden, he stopped, and his jaw 
dropped as though he had remembered something. 

"The score!" he burst out. "Three goes o' rum! 
Why, shiver my timbers, if I hadn't forgotten my score ! " 

And, falling on a bench, he laughed until the tears 
ran down his cheeks. I could not help joining; and we 
laughed together, peal after peal, until the tavern rang 
again. 

"Why, what a precious old sea-calf I am! " he said, 
at last, wiping his cheeks. "You and me should get 



TREASURE ISLAND 

on well, Hawkins, for I'll take my davy I should be rated 
ship's boy. But, come, now, stand by to go about This 
won't do. Dooty is dooty, messmates. 1*11 put on my 
old cocked hat, and step along of you to Cap'n Trelaw- 
ney, and report this here affair. For, mind you, it's se- 
rious, young Hawkins ; and neither you nor me's come 
out of it with what I should make so bold as to call 
credit. Nor you neither, says you; not smart — none 
of the pair of us smart. But dash my buttons ! that was 
a good 'un about my score." 

And he began to laugh again, and that so heartily, 
that though I did not see the joke as he did, I was again 
obliged to join him in his mirth. 

On our little walk along the quays, he made himself 
the most interesting companion, telling me about the 
different ships that we passed by, their rig, tonnage, 
and nationality, explaining the work that was going 
forward — how one was discharging, another taking in 
cargo, and a third making ready for sea; and every now 
and then telling me some little anecdote of ships or sea- 
men, or repeating a nautical phrase till I had learned it 
perfectly. I began to see that here was one of the best 
of possible shipmates. 

When we got to the inn, the squire and Dr. Livesey 
were seated together, finishing a quart of ale with a toast 
in it, before they should go aboard the schooner on a visit 
of inspection. 

Long John told the story from first to last, with a 
great deal of spirit and the most perfect truth. '•* That 
was how it were, now, weren't it, Hawkins ? "he would 
say, now and again, and I could always bear him entirely 
out. 



AT THE SIGN OF THE "SPY-GLASS" 

The two gentlemen regretted that Black Dog had got 
away; but we all agreed there was nothing to be done, 
and after he had been complimented, Long John took up 
his crutch and departed. 

"All hands aboard by four this afternoon," shouted 
the squire, after him. 

"Ay, ay, sir," cried the cook, in the passage. 

"Well, squire," said Dr. Livesey, "I don't put much 
faith in your discoveries, as a general thing ; but I will 
say this, John Silver suits me." 

"The man's a perfect trump," declared the squire, 

"And now," added the doctor, "Jim may come on 
board with us, may he not ? " 

" To be sure he may," says squire. " Take your hat, 
Hawkins, and we'll see the ship." 

i 



CHAPTER IX 

POWDER AND ARMS 

The Hhpaniola lay some way out, and we went under 
the figureheads and round the sterns of many other ships, 
and their cables sometimes grated underneath our keel, 
and sometimes swung above us. At last, however, we 
got alongside, and were met and saluted as we stepped 
aboard by the mate, Mr. Arrow, a brown old sailor, with 
earrings in his ears and a squint. He and the squire were 
very thick and friendly, but I soon observed that things 
were not the same between Mr. Trelawney and the captain. 

This last was a sharp-looking man, who seemed an- 
gry with everything on board, and was soon to tell us 
why, for we had hardly got down into the cabin when 
a sailor followed us. 

"Captain Smollett, sir, axing to speak with you," 
said he. 

" I am always at the captain's orders. Show him in," 
said the squire. 

The captain, who was close behind his messenger, 
entered at once, and shut the door behind him. 

11 Well, Captain Smollett, what have you to say ? AH 
well, I hope ; all shipshape and seaworthy ? " 

"Well, sir," said the captain, "better speak plain, I 
believe, even at the risk of offence. I don't like this 

66 



POWDER AND ARMS 

cruise; I don't like the men; and I don't like my officer. 
That's short and sweet." 

"Perhaps, sir, you don't like the ship?" inquired the 
squire, very angry, as I could see. 

"I can't speak as to that, sir, not having seen her 
tried," said the captain. "She seems a clever craft; 
more I can't say." 

"Possibly, sir, you may not like your employer, 
either ? " says the squire. 

But here Dr. Livesey cut in. 

"Stay a bit," said he, "stay a bit. No use of such 
questions as that but to produce ill-feeling. The captain 
has said too much or he has said too little, and I'm bound 
to say that I require an explanation of his words. You 
don't, you say, like this cruise. Now, why ? " 

" I was engaged, sir, on what we call sealed orders, 
to sail this ship for that gentleman where he should bid 
me," said the captain. "So far so good. But now I 
find that every man before the mast knows more than 
I do. I don't call that fair, now, do you ? " 

"No," said Dr. Livesey, "I don't." 

"Next," said the captain, " I learn we are going after 
treasure — hear it from my own hands, mind you. Now, 
treasure is ticklish work ; I don't like treasure voyages 
on any account; and I don't like them, above all, when 
they are secret, and when (begging your pardon, Mr. 
Trelawney) the secret has been told to the parrot." 

"Silver's parrot?" asked the squire. 

" It's a way of speaking, " said the captain. "Blabbed, 
I mean. It's my belief neither of you gentlemen know 
what you are about; but I'll tell you my way of it — 
life or death, and a close run." 

67 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"That is all clear, and, I daresay, true enough/' re- 
plied Dr. Livesey. " We take the risk; but we are not 
so ignorant as you believe us. Next, you say you don't 
like the crew. Are they not good seamen ? " 

"I don't like them, sir," returned Captain Smollett 
"And I think I should have had the choosing of my 
own hands, if you go to that." 

"Perhaps you should," replied the doctor. "My 
friend should, perhaps, have taken you along with him; 
but the slight, if there be one, was unintentional. And 
you don't like Mr. Arrow ? " 

' I don't, sir. I believe he '& a good seaman ; but 
lie's too free with the crew to be a good officer. A 
mate should keep himself to himself — shouldn't drink 
with the men before the mast! " 

# Do you mean he drinks ? " cried the squire. 

* No, sir," replied the captain; "only that he's too 
familiar." 

"Well, now, and the short and long of it, captain ?" 
**sked the doctor. "Tell us what you want." 

"Well, gentlemen, are you determined to go on this 
cruise?" 

" Like iron," answered the squire. 

"Very good," said the captain. "Then, as you've 
heard me very patiently, saying things that I could not 
prove, hear me a few words more. They are putting 
the powder and the arms in the fore hold. Now, you 
have a good place under the cabin; why not put them 
there ? — first point. Then you are bringing four of your 
own people with you, and they tell me some of them 
are to be berthed forward. Why not give them the berths 
here beside the cabin ? — second point." 

68 



POWDER AND ARMS 

"Any more?" asked Mr. Trelawney. 

"One more," said the captain. "There's been too> 
much blabbing already." 

"Far too much," agreed the doctor. 

"I'll tell you what I've heard myself," continued Cap- 
tain Smollett: "that you have a map of an island; that 
there's crosses on the map to show where treasure is; 

and that the island lies " And then he named the 

latitude and longitude exactly. 

" I never told that," cried the squire, " to a soul! " 

"The hands know it, sir," returned the captain. 

" Livesey, that must have been you or Hawkins, '* 
cried the squire. 

"It doesn't much matter who it was," replied the 
doctor. And I could see that neither he nor the captain 
paid much regard to Mr. Trelawney's protestations. 
Neither did I, to be sure, he was so loose a talker ; yet 
in this case I believe he was really right, and that no- 
body had told the situation of the island. 

"Well, gentlemen," continued the captain, "I don't 
know who has this map; but I make it a point, it shall 
be kept secret even from me and Mr. Arrow. Otherwise 
I would ask you to let me resign." 

" I see," said the doctor. "You wish us to keep this 
matter dark, and to make a garrison of the stern part of 
the ship, manned with my friend's own people, and 
provided with all the arms and powder on board. In 
other words, you fear a mutiny." 

"Sir," said Captain Smollett, "with no intention to 
take offence, I deny your right to put words into my 
mouth. No captain, sir, would be justified in going to 
sea at all if he had ground enough to say that. As for 

69 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Mr. Arrow, I believe him thoroughly honest; some of 
the men are the same; all may be for what I know. 
But I am responsible for the ship's safety and the life of 
every man Jack aboard of her. I see things going, as I 
think, not quite right. And I ask you to take certain 
precautions, or let me resign my berth. And that's all." 

"Captain Smollett," began the doctor, with a smile, 
"did ever you hear the fable of the mountain and the 
mouse ? You'll excuse me, I dare say, but you remind 
me of that fable. When you came in here I'll stake my 
wig you meant more than this." 

"Doctor," said the captain, "you are smart When 
I came in here I meant to get discharged. I had no 
thought that Mr. Trelawney would hear a word." 

"No more I would," cried the squire. " Had Livesey 
not been here I should have seen you to the deuce. As 
it is, I have heard you. I will do as you desire; but I 
think the worse of you." 

"That's as you please, sir," said the captain. " You'll 
find I do my duty." 

And with that he took his leave. 

"Trelawney," said the doctor, "contrary to all my 
notions, I believe you have managed to get two honest 
men on board with you — that man and John Silver." 

"Silver, if you like," cried the squire; "but as for 
that intolerable humbug, I declare I think his conduct 
unmanly, unsailorly, and downright un-English." 

"Well," says the doctor, "we shall see." 

When we came on deck, the men had begun already 
to take out the arms and powder, yo-ho-ing at their 
work, while the captain and Mr. Arrow stood by super- 
intending. 

70 



POWDER AND ARMS 

The new arrangement was quite to my liking. The 
w r hole schooner had been overhauled; six berths had 
been made astern, out of what had been the after-part 
of the main hold ; and this set of cabins was only joined 
to the galley and forecastle by a sparred passage on the 
port side. It had been originally meant that the captain, 
Mr. Arrow, Hunter, Joyce, the doctor, and the squire, 
were to occupy these six berths. Nov/, Redruth and I 
were to get two of them, and Mr. Arrow and the captain 
were to sleep on deck in the companion, which had been 
enlarged on each side till you might almost have called 
it a round-house. Very low it was still, of course; but 
there was room to swing two hammocks, and even the 
mate seemed pleased with the arrangement. Even he, 
perhaps, had been doubtful as xo the crew, but that is 
only guess ; for, as you shall hear, we had not long the 
benefit of his opinion. 

We were all hard at work, changing the powder and 
the berths, when the last man or two, and Long John 
along with them, came off in a shore-boat. 

The cook came up the side like a monkey for clever- 
ness, and, as soon as he saw what was doing, " So ho, 
mates! " says he, " what's this ?" 

" We're a-changing of the powder, Jack," answers 
one. 

" Why, by the powers," cried Long John, " if we do, 
we'll miss the morning tide! " 

" My orders! " said the captain shortly. " You may 
go below, my man. Hands will want supper." 

" Ay, ay, sir," answered the cook; and, touching his 
forelock, he disappeared at once in the direction of his 
galley. 

71 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"That's a good man, captain/' said the doctor. 

" Very likely, sir," replied Captain Smollett. ''Easy 
with that, men — easy," he ran on, to the fellows who 
were shifting the powder; and then suddenly observing 
me examining the swivel we carried amidships, a long 
brass nine — " Here, you ship's boy," he cried, " out o y 
that! Off with you to the cook and get some work." 

And then as I was hurrying off I heard him say, quite 
loudly, to the doctor : — 

"I'll have no favourites on my ship." 

I assure you I was quite of the squire's way of think- 
ing, and hated the captain deeply. 



CHAPTER X 

THE VOYAGE 

All that night we were in a great bustle getting things 
stowed in their place, and boatfuls of the squire's friends,. 
Mr. Blandly and the like, coming off to wish him a good 
voyage and a safe return. We never had a night at the 
"Admiral Benbow ,, when I had half the work; and I 
was dog-tired when, a little before dawn, the boatswain 
sounded his pipe, and the crew began to man the cap- 
stan-bars. I might have been twice as weary, yet 1 
would not have left the deck; all was so new and in- 
teresting to me — the brief commands, the shrill note of 
the whistle, the men bustling to their places in the glim* 
mer of the ship's lanterns. 

"Now, Barbecue, tip us a stave," cried one voice, 

"The old one," cried another. 

"Ay, ay, mates," said Long John, who was standing 
by, with his crutch under his arm, and at once broke 
out in the air and words I knew so well — 

" Fifteen men on the dead man's chest" — 

And then the whole crew bore chorus: — 
" Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! " 

And at the third "ho!" drove the bars before thera 
with a will. 

id 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Even at that exciting moment it carried me back to 
the old " Admiral Benbow" in a second; and I seemed 
to hear the voice of the captain piping in the chorus. 
But soon the anchor was short up ; soon it was hang- 
ing dripping at the bows ; soon the sails began to draw, 
and the land and shipping to flit by on either side; and 
before I could lie down to snatch an hour of slumber 
the Hispaniola had begun her voyage to the Isle of 
Treasure. 

I am not going to relate that voyage in detail. It was 
fairly prosperous. The ship proved to be a good ship, 
the crew were capable seamen, and the captain thor- 
oughly understood his business. But before we came 
the length of Treasure Island, two or three things had 
happened which require to be known. 

Mr. Arrow, first of all, turned out even worse than 
the captain had feared. He had no command among 
the men, and people did what they pleased with him. 
But that was by no means the worst of it; for after a 
day or two at sea he began to appear on deck with 
hazy eye, red cheeks, stuttering tongue, and other marks 
of drunkenness. Time after time he was ordered below 
in disgrace. Sometimes he fell and cut himself; some- 
times he lay all day long in his little bunk at one side of 
the companion ; sometimes for a day or two he would be 
almost sober and attend to his work at least passably. 

In the meantime, we could never make out where he 
got the drink. That was the ship's mystery. Watch 
him as we pleased, we could do nothing to solve it; and 
when we asked him to his face, he would only laugh, if 
he were drunk, and if he were sober, deny solemnly that 
he ever tasted anything but water. 

1<\ 



THE VOYAGE 

He was not only useless as an officer, and a bad in- 
fluence amongst the men, but it was plain that at this 
rate he must soon kill himself outright; so nobody was 
much surprised, nor very sorry, when one dark night, 
with a head sea, he disappeared entirely and was seta 
no more. 

"Overboard ! " said the captain. " Well, gentlemen, 
that saves the trouble of putting him in irons." 

But there we were, without a mate ; and it was nec- 
essary, of course, to advance one of the men. The 
boatswain, Job Anderson, was the likeliest man aboard, 
and, though he kept his old title, he served in a way as 
mate. Mr. Trelawney had followed the sea, and his 
knowledge made him very useful, for he often took a 
watch himself in easy weather. And the coxswain, 
Israel Hands, was a careful, wily, old, experienced sea- 
man, who could be trusted at a pinch with almost any- 
thing. 

He was a great confidant of Long John Silver, and so 
the mention of his name leads me on to speak of our ship's 
cook, Barbecue, as the men called him. 

Aboard ship he carried his crutch by a lanyard round 
his neck, to have both hands as free as possible. It was 
something to see him wedge the foot of the crutch 
against a bulkhead, and, propped against it, yielding to 
every movement of the ship, get on with his cooking 
like some one safe ashore. Still more strange was it to 
see him in the heaviest of weather cross the deck. He 
had a line or two rigged up to help him across the wid- 
est spaces — Long John's earrings, they were called; and 
he would hand himself from one place to another, now 
using the crutch, now trailing it alongside by the Ian- 

75 



TREASURE ISLAND 

yard, as quickly as another man could walk. Yet some 
of the men who had sailed with him before expressed 
their pity to see him so reduced. 

"He's no common man, Barbecue," said the cox- 
swain to me. "He had good schooling in his young 
days, and can speak like a book when so minded; and 
brave — a lion's nothing alongside of Long John ! I seen 
him grapple four, and knock their heads together — him 
unarmed." 

All the crew respected and even obeyed him. He had 
a way of talking to each, and doing everybody some 
particular service. To me he was unweariedly kind; 
and always glad to see me in the galley, which he kept 
as clean as a new pin ; the dishes hanging up burnished, 
and his parrot in a cage in one corner. 

" Come away, Hawkins," he would say; " come and 
have a yarn with John. Nobody more welcome than 
yourself, my son. Sit you down and hear the news. 
Here's Cap'n Flint — I calls my parrot Cap'n Flint, after 
the famous buccaneer — here's Cap'n Flint predicting 
success to our v'yage. Wasn't you, cap'n ?" 

And the parrot would say, with great rapidity, "Pieces 
of eight! pieces of eight! pieces of eight!" till you 
wondered that it was not out of breath, or till John 
threw his handkerchief over the cage. 

"Now, that bird," he would say, "is, may be, two 
hundred years old, Hawkins — they lives for ever mostly; 
and if anybody's seen more wickedness, it must be the 
devil himself. She's sailed with England, the great Cap'n 
England, the pirate. She's been at Madagascar, and at 
Malabar, and Surinam, and Providence, and Portobello. 
She was at the fishing up of the wrecked plate ships. 

76 



THE VOYAGE 

It's there she learned ' Pieces of eight/ and little wonder; 
three hundred and fifty thousand of 'em, Hawkins ! She 
was at the boarding of the Viceroy of the Indies out of 
Goa, she was ; and to look at her you would think she 
was a babby. But you smelt powder — didn't you, 
cap'n?" 

** Stand by to go about," the parrot would scream. 

"Ah, she's a handsome craft, she is," the cook would 
say, and give her sugar from his pocket, and then the 
bird would peck at the bars and swear straight on, pass- 
ing belief for wickedness. "There," John would add, 
"you can't touch pitch and not be mucked, lad. Here's 
this poor old innocent bird o' mine swearing blue fire, 
and none the wiser, you may lay to that She would 
swear the same, in a manner of speaking, before chap- 
lain." And John would touch his forelock with a sol- 
emn way he had, that made me think he was the best 
of men. 

In the meantime, the squire and Captain Smollett were 
still on pretty distant terms with one another. The 
squire made no bones about the matter; he despised the 
captain. The captain, on his part, never spoke but when 
he was spoken to, and then sharp and short and dry, 
and not a word wasted. He owned, when driven into a 
corner, that he seemed to have been wrong about the 
crew, that some of them were as brisk as he wanted to 
see, and all had behaved fairly well. As for the ship, 
he had taken a downright fancy to her. "She'll lie a 
point nearer the wind than a man has a right to expect 
of his own married wife, sir. But," he would add, 
" all I say is we're not home again, and I don't like the 
cruise." 

77 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The squire, at this, would turn away and march up 
and down the deck, chin in air. 

"A trifle more of that man," he would say, "and I 
shall explode." 

We had some heavy weather, which only proved the 
qualities of the Hispaniola. Every man on board seemed 
well content, and they must have been hard to please 
if they had been otherwise ; for it is my belief there was 
never a ship's company so spoiled since Noah put to sea. 
Double grog was going on the least excuse ; there was 
duff on odd days, as, for instance, if the squire heard it 
was any man's birthday ; and always a barrel of apples 
standing broached in the waist, for any one to help him- 
self that had a fancy. 

"Never knew good come of it yet/' the captain said 
to Dr. Livesey. "Spoil foc's'le hands, make devils. 
That's my belief." 

But good did come of the apple barrel, as you shall 
hear; for if it had not been for that, we should have had 
no note of warning, and might all have perished by the 
hand of treachery. 

This was how it came about. 

We had run up the trades to get the wind of the isl- 
and we were after — I am not allowed to be more plain 
— and now we were running down for it with a bright 
look-out day and night. It was about the last day of 
our outward voyage, by the largest computation ; some 
time that night, or, at latest, before noon of the morrow, 
we should sight the Treasure Island. We were head- 
ing S.S.W., and had a steady breeze abeam and a quiet 
sea. The Hispaniola rolled steadily, dipping h«r bow- 
sprit now and then with a whiff of spray. All was; 



THE VOYAGE 

drawing alow and aloft ; every one was in the bravest 
spirits, because we were now so near an end of the 
first part of our adventure. 

Now, just after sundown, when all my work was 
over, and I was on my way to my berth, it occurred to 
me that I should like an apple. I ran on deck. The 
watch was all forward looking out for the island. The 
man at the helm was watching the luff of the sail, and 
whistling away gently to himself; and that was the only 
sound excepting the swish of the sea against the bows 
and around the sides of the ship. 

In I got bodily into the apple barrel, and found there 
was scarce an apple left ; but, sitting down there in the 
dark, what with the sound of the waters and the rock- 
ing movement of the ship, I had either fallen asleep, or 
was on the point of doing so, when a heavy man sat 
down with rather a clash close by. The barrel shook 
as he leaned his shoulders against it, and I was just 
about to jump up when the man began to speak. It 
was Silver's voice, and, before I had heard a dozen 
words, I would not have shown myself for all the world, 
but lay there, trembling and listening, in the extreme of 
fear and curiosity ; for from these dozen words I under- 
stood that the lives of all the honest men aboard de- 
pended upon me alone. 



CHAPTER XI 

WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL 

"No, not I," said Silver. "Flint was cap'n; I was 
quartermaster, along of my timber leg. The same 
broadside 1 lost my leg, old Pew lost his dead-lights. 
It was a master surgeon, him that ampytated me — out 
of college and all — Latin by the bucket, and what not; 
but he was hanged like a dog, and sun-dried like the 
rest, at Corso Castle. That was Roberts' men, that was, 
and corned of changing names to their ships — Royal 
Fortune and so on. Now, what a ship was christened, 
so let her stay, I says. So it was with the Cassandra, 
as brought us all safe home from Malabar, after England 
took the Viceroy of the Indies ; so it was with the old 
Walrm, Flint's old ship, as I've seen a-muck with the 
red blood and fit to sink with gold/' 

" Ah ! " cried another voice, that of the youngest hand 
on board, and evidently full of admiration, "he was the 
flower of the flock, was Flint! " 

"Davis was a man, too, by all accounts, " said Silver. 
"I never sailed along of him; first with England, then 
with Flint, that's my story ; and now here on my own 
account, in a manner of speaking. I laid by nine hun- 
dred safe, from England, and two thousand after Flint. 
That ain't bad for a man before the mast — all safe in 

80 



WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL 

bank. 'Tain't earning now, it's saving does it, you may 
lay to that Where's all England's men now ? I dunno* 
Where's Flint's ? Why, most on 'em aboard here, and 
glad to get the duff — been begging before that, some 
on 'em. Old Pew, as had lost his sight, and might 
have thought shame, spends twelve hundred pound in 
a year, like a lord in Parliament. Where is he now ? 
Well, he's dead now and under hatches ; but for two year 
before that, shiver my timbers ! the man was starving. 
He begged, and he stole, and he cut throats, and starved 
at that, by the powers ! " 

"Well, it ain't much use, after all," said the young 
seaman. 

"'Tain't much use for fools, you may lay to it — that, 
nor nothing," cried Silver. " But now, you look here: 
you're young, you are, but you're as smart as paint. 1 
see that when I set my eyes on you, and I'll talk to you 
like a man." 

You may imagine how I felt when I heard this abom- 
inable old rogue addressing another in the very same 
words of flattery as he had used to myself. I think, if 
I had been able, that I would have killed him through 
the barrel. Meantime, he ran on, little supposing he 
was overheard. 

11 Here it is about gentlemen of fortune. They lives 
rough, and they risk swinging, but they eat and drink 
like fighting-cocks, and when a cruise is done, why, it's 
hundreds of pounds instead of hundreds of farthings in 
their pockets. Now, the most goes for rum and a good 
fling, and to sea again in their shirts. But that's not 
the course I lay. I puts it all away, some here, some 
there, and none too much anywheres, by reason of sus- 



IkEiASURE ISLAND 

picion. Pm fifty, mark you ; once back from this cruise, 
I set up gentleman in earnest. Time enough, too, says 
you. Ah, but I've lived easy in the meantime; never 
denied myself o' nothing heart desires, and slep' soft and 
ate dainty all my days, but when at sea. And how did 
I begin ? Before the mast, like you ! " 

" Well," said the other, "but all the other money's 
gone now, ain't it ? You daren't show face in Bristol 
after this." 

"Why, where might you suppose it was?" asked 
Silver, derisively. 

" At Bristol, in banks and places," answered his com- 
panion. 

1 ' It were, " said the cook ; " it were when we weighed 
anchor. But my old missis has it all by now. And the 
' Spy-glass ' is sold, lease and goodwill and rigging; and 
the old girl's off to meet me. I would tell you where, 
for I trust you; but it 'u'd make jealousy among the 
mates." 

" And can you trust your missis ? " asked the other. 

"Gentlemen of fortune," returned the cook, "usu- 
ally trusts little among themselves, and right they are, 
you may lay to it. But I have a way with me, I have. 
When a mate brings a slip on his cable — one as knows 
me, I mean — it won't be in the same world with old 
John. There was some that was feared of Pew, and 
some that was feared of Flint ; but Flint his own self was 
feared of me. Feared he was, and proud. They was 
the roughest crew afloat, was Flint's; the devil himself 
would have been feared to go to sea with them. Well, 
now, I tell you, I'm not a boasting man, and you seen 
yourself how easy I keep company; but when I was 

82 



WHAT i HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL 

quartermaster, lambs wasn't the word for Flint's old 
buccaneers. Ah, you may be sure of yourself in old 
John's ship." 

< ' Well, I tell you now," replied the lad, "I didn't 
half a quarter like the job till 1 had this talk with you, 
John; but there's my hand on it now." 

"And a brave lad you were, and smart, too," an- 
swered Silver, shaking hands so heartily that all the bar- 
rel shook, "and a finer figurehead for a gentleman of 
fortune I never clapped my eyes on." 

By this time I had begun to understand the meaning 
of their terms. By a "gentleman of fortune" they 
plainly meant neither more nor less than a common 
pirate, and the little scene that I had overheard was the 
last act in the corruption of one of the honest hands — 
perhaps of the last one left aboard. But on this point 
I was soon to be relieved, for Silver giving a little 
whistle, a third man strolled up and sat down by the 
party. 

"Dick's square," said Silver. 

" Oh, I know'd Dick was square," returned the voice 
of the coxswain, Israel Hands. " He's no fool, is Dick." 
And he turned his quid and spat. " But, look here," he 
went on, " here's what I want to know, Barbecue: how 
long are we a-going to stand off and on like a blessed 
bumboat? I've had a'most enough o' Cap'n Smollett; 
he's hazed me long enough, by thunder! I want to go 
into that cabin, I do. I want their pickles and wines, 
and that." 

" Israel," said Silver, "your head ain't much account, 
nor ever was. But you're able to hear, I reckon; least- 
ways, your ears is big enough. Now, here's what I say : 

83 



TREASURE ISLAND 

you'll berth forward, and you'll live hard, and you'll 
speak soft, and you'll keep sober, till I give the word; 
and you may lay to that, my son." 

"Well, I don't say no, do I ?" growled the coxswain. 
" What I say is, when ? That's what I say/' 

■ ' When ! by the powers ! " cried Silver. ' ' Well, now, 
if you want to know, I'll tell you when. The last mo- 
ment I can manage; and that's when. Here's a first- 
rate seaman, Cap'n Smollett, sails the blessed ship for us. 
Here's this squire and doctor with a map and such — 1 
don't know where it is, do I ? No more do you, says 
you. Well, then, I mean this squire and doctor shall 
find the stuff, and help us to get it aboard, by the 
powers! Then we'll see. If I was sure of you all, sons 
of double Dutchmen, I'd have Cap'n Smollett navigate 
us half-way back again before I struck. " 

"Why, we're all seamen aboard here, I should think," 
said the lad Dick. 

"We're all foc's'le hands, you mean," snapped Silver. 
"We can steer a course, but who's to set one ? That's 
what all you gentlemen split on, first and last. If I had 
my way, I'd have Cap'n Smollett work us back into the 
trades at least; then we'd have no blessed miscalcula- 
tions and a spoonful of water a day. But I know the 
sort you are. I'll finish with 'em at the island, as soon's 
the Hunt's on board, and a pity it is. But you're never 
happy till you're drunk. Split my sides, I've a sick heart 
to sail with the likes of you! " 

"Easy all, Long John, "cried Israel. "Who's a-cross- 
in' of you? " 

"Why, how many tall ships, think ye, now, have I 
seen laid aboard ? and how many brisk lads drying in 



WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL 

the sun at Execution Dock ? " cried Silver, " and all for 
this same hurry and hurry and hurry. You hear me ? 
I seen a thing or two at sea, I have. If you would on'y 
lay your course, and a p'int to windward, you would 
ride in carriages, you would. But not you! 1 know 
you. You'll have your mouthful of rum to-morrow, 
and go hang." 

"Everybody know'd you was a kind of a chapling, 
John; but there's others as could hand and steer as well 
as you," said Israel. "They liked a bit o' fun, they did. 
They wasn't so high and dry, nohow, but took their 
fling, like jolly companions every one." 

" So ? " says Silver. ' ' Well, and where are they now ? 
Pew was that sort, and he died a beggar-man. Flint 
was, and he died of rum at Savannah. Ah, they was a 
sweet crew, they was ! on'y, where are they ? " 

"But," asked Dick, "when we do lay 'em athwart, 
what are we to do with 'em, anyhow ?" 

"There's the man for me!" cried the cook, admir- 
ingly. "That's what I call business. Well, what 
would you think ? Put 'em ashore like maroons ? That 
would have been England's way. Or cut 'em down 
like that much pork ? That would have been Flint's or 
Billy Bones's." 

"Billy was the man for that," said Israel. " 'Dead 
men don't bite,' says he. Well, he's dead now hisself ; I 
he knows the long and short on it now; and if ever a I 
rough hand come to port, it was Billy." 

" Right you are," said Silver, "rough and ready. But 
mark you here: I'm an easy man — I'm quite the gentle- 
man, says you ; but this time it's serious. Dooty is dooty, 
mates. I give my vote — death. When I'm in Parly- 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ment, and riding in my coach, I don't want none of these 
sea-lawyers in the cabin a-coming home, unlooked for, 
like the devil at prayers. Wait is what I say; but when 
the time comes, why let her rip! " 

"John," cries the coxswain, "you're a man! " 

"You'll say so, Israel, when you see," said Silver. 
6 ' Only one thing I claim — I claim Trelawney . I'll wring 
his calf's head off his body with these hands, Dick!" 
he added, breaking off, "you just jump up, like a sweet 
lad, and get me an apple, to wet my pipe like." 

You may fancy the terror I was in ! I should have 
leaped out and run for it, if I had found the strength; 
but my limbs and heart alike misgave me. I heard Dick 
begin to rise, and then some one seemingly stopped him, 
and the voice of Hands exclaimed : — 

1 ' Oh, stow that ! Don't you get sucking of that bilge, 
John. Let's have a go of the rum." 

1 ' Dick, " said Silver, ' ' I trust you. I've a gauge on 
the keg, mind. There's the key; you fill a pannikin and 
bring it up." 

Terrified as I was, I could not help thinking to myself 
that this must have been how Mr. Arrow got the strong 
waters that destroyed him. 

Dick was gone but a little while, and during his ab- 
sence Israel spoke straight on in the cook's ear. It was 
but a word or two that I could catch, and yet I gathered 
some important news; for, besides other scraps that 
tended to the same purpose, this whole clause was au- 
dible : ' ' Not another man of them'll jine. " Hence there 
were still faithful men on board. 

When Dick returned, one after another of the trio took 
the pannikin and drank — one " To luck ; " another with 



WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE BARREL 

a "Here's to old Flint; " and Silver himself saying, in * 
kind of song, " Here's to ourselves, and hold your luff, 
plenty of prizes and plenty of duff." 

Just then a sort of brightness fell upon me in the bar- 
rel, and, looking up, I found the moon had risen, and 
was silvering the mizzen-top and shining white on the 
luff of the fore-sail ; and almost at the same time the 
voice of the look-out shouted, "Land ho! " 



CHAPTER XII 

COUNCIL OF WAR 

There was a great rush of feet across the deck. I 
could hear people tumbling up from the cabin and the 
foc's'le; and, slipping in an instant outside my barrel I 
dived behind the fore-sail, made a double towards the 
stern, and came out upon the open deck in time to join 
Hunter and Dr. Livesey in the rush for the weather 
bow. 

There all hands were already congregated. A belt 
of fog had lifted almost simultaneously with the appear- 
ance of the moon. Away to the south-west of us we 
saw two low hills, about a couple of miles apart, and 
rising behind one of them a third and higher hill, whose 
peak was still buried in the fog. All three seemed sharp 
and conical in figure. 

So much I saw, almost in a dream, for I had not yet 
recovered from my horrid fear of a minute or two before. 
And then I heard the voice of Captain Smollett issuing 
orders. The Hupaniola was laid a couple of points 
nearer the wind, and now sailed a course that would 
just clear the island on the east. 

"And now, men," said the captain, when all was 
sheeted home, " has any one of you ever seen that land 
ahead ? " 




"YES, SIR," SAID HE, "THIS IS THE SPOT, TO BE SURE, AND 
VERY PRETTILY DRAWN OUT" 



COUNCIL OF WAR 

"I have, sir," said Silver. "I've watered there with 
a trader I was cook in." 

"The anchorage is on the south, behind an islet, I 
fancy ? " asked the captain. 

"Yes, sir; Skeleton Island they calls it. It were a 
main place for pirates once, and a hand we had on 
board knowed all their names for it. That hill to the 
nor'ard they calls the Fore-mast Hill; there are three 
hills in a row running southward — fore, main, and miz- 
zen, sir. But the main — that's the big 'un, with the 
cloud on it — they usually calls the Spy-glass, by reason 
of a lookout they kept when they was in the anchorage 
cleaning; for it's there they cleaned their ships, sir, ask- 
ing your pardon." 

"I have a chart here," says Captain Smollett. "See 
if that's the place." 

Long John's eyes burned in his head as he took the 
chart ; but, by the fresh look of the paper, I knew he 
was doomed to disappointment. This was not the map 
we found in Billy Bones's chest, but an accurate copy, 
complete in all things — names and heights and sound- 
ings — with the single exception of the red crosses and 
the written notes. Sharp as must have been his annoy- 
ance, Silver had the strength of mind to hide it 

M Yes, sir," said he, "this is the spot, to be sure; and 
very prettily drawed out. Who might have done that, 
I wonder? The pirates were too ignorant, I reckon. 
Ay, here it is : *■ Capt Kidd's Anchorage ' — just the name 
my shipmate called it. There's a strong current runs 
along the south, and then away nor'ard up the west 
coast. Right you was, sir, " says he, * ' to haul your 
wind and keep the weather of the island. Leastways, 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ff such was your intention as to enter and careen, and 
there ain't no better place for that in these waters." 

' ' Thank you, my man, " says Captain Smollett ' ' I'll 
ask you, later on, to give us a help. You may go." 

I was surprised at the coolness .with which John 
avowed his knowledge of the island ; and I own I was 
half-frightened when I saw him drawing nearer to my- 
self. He did not know, to be sure, that I had overheard 
his council from the apple barrel, and yet I had, by this 
time, taken such a horror of his cruelty, duplicity, and 
power, that I could scarce conceal a shudder when he 
laid his hand upon my arm. 

" Ah," says he, "this here is a sweet spot, this island 
— a sweet spot for a lad to get ashore on. You'll bathe, 
and you'll climb trees, and you'll hunt goats, you will; 
and you'll get aloft on them hills like a goat yourself. 
Why, it makes me young again. I was going to forget 
my timber leg, I was. It's a pleasant thing to be young, 
and have ten toes, and you may lay to that. When you 
want to go a bit of exploring, you just ask old John, and 
he'll put up a snack for you to take along." 

And clapping me in the friendliest way upon the shoul- 
der, he hobbled off forward, and went below. 

Captain Smollett, the squire, and Dr. Livesey were 
talking together on the quarter-deck, and, anxious as I 
was to tell them my story, I durst not interrupt them 
openly. While I was still casting about in my thoughts 
to find some probable excuse, Dr. Livesey called me to 
his side. He had left his pipe below, and being a slave 
to tobacco, had meant that I should fetch it; but as soon 
as I was near enough to speak and not to be overheard, 
J broke out immediately : — "Doctor, let me speak. Get 

90 



COUNCIL OF WAR 

trie captasn and squire down to the cabin, and then make 
some pretence to send for me. I have terrible news." 

The doctor changed countenance a little, but next 
moment he was master of himself. 

" Thank you, Jim," said he, quite loudly, "that was 
all I wanted to know, " as if he had asked me a question. 

And wit*i that he turned on his heel and rejoined the 
other two. They spoke together for a little, and though 
none of thtm started, or raised his voice, or so much as 
whistlej, it was plain enough that Dr. Livesey had com- 
municated ;ny request; for the next thing that I heard 
was the captain giving an order to Job Anderson, and 
all hands were piped on deck. 

"My ladj," said Captain Smollett, "I've a word to 
say to you. This land that we have sighted is the place 
we have be^n sailing for. Mr. Trelawney, being a very 
open-handed gentleman, as we all know, has just asked 
me a word or two, and as I was able to tell him that 
every man en board had done his duty, alow and aloft, 
as I never ask to see it done better, why, he and I and 
the doctor are going below to the cabin to drink your 
health and luck, and you'll have grog served out for you 
to drink our health and luck. I'll tell you what I think of 
this : I think it handsome. And if you think as I do, you'll 
give a good sea cheer for the gentleman that does it." 

The cheer followed — that was a matter of course; 
but it rang out so full and hearty, that I confess I could 
hardly believe these same men were plotting for our 
blood. 

"One more cheer for Cap'n Smollett," cried Long 
John, when the first had subsided. 

And this also was given with a will. 
91 



TREASURE ISLAND 

On the top of that the three gentlemen went below, 
and not long after, word was sent forward that Jim 
Hawkins was wanted in the cabin. 

I found them all three seated round the table, a bottle 
of Spanish wine and some raisins before them, and the 
doctor smoking away, with his wig on his lap, and that, 
I knew, was a sign that he was agitated. The stern 
window was open, for it was a warm night, and you 
could see the moon shining behind on the ship's wake. 

"Now, Hawkins/' said the squire, "you have some- 
thing to say* Speak up." 

I did as I was bid, and as short as I could make it, 
told the whole details of Silver's conversation. Nobody 
interrupted me till I was done, nor did any one of the 
three of them make so much as a movement, but they 
kept their eyes upon my face from first to last. 

"Jim," said Dr. Livesey, "take a seat." 

And they made me sit down at table beside them, 
poured me out a glass of wine, filled my hands with 
raisins, and all three, one after the other, and each with 
a bow, drank my good health, and their service to me, 
for my luck and courage. 

"Now, captain," said the squire, "you were right 
and 1 was wrong. I own myself an ass, and I await 
your orders." 

"No more an ass than I, sir," returned the captain. 
" I never heard of a crew that meant to mutiny but what 
showed signs before, for any man that had an eye in his 
head to see the mischief and take steps according. But 
this crew," he added, "beats me." 

"Captain," said the doctor, "with your permission, 
that's Silver. A very remarkable man." 

92 



COUNCIL OF WAR 

"He'd look remarkably well from a yard-arm, sir," 
returned the captain. " But this is talk; this don't lead 
to anything. I see three or four points, and with Mr. 
Trelawney's permission, I'll name them." 

" You, sir, are the captain. It is for you to speak," 
says Mr. Trelawney, grandly. 

"First point," began Mr. Smollett. "We must go 
on, because we can't turn back. If I gave the word to 
go about, they would rise at once. Second point, we 
have time before us — at least, until this treasure's found. 
Third point, there are faithful hands. Now, sir, it's got 
to come to blows sooner or later ; and what I propose 
is, to take time by the forelock, as the saying is, and 
come to blows some fine day when they least expect 
it We can count, I take it, on your own home ser- 
vants, Mr. Trelawney?" 

"As upon myself," declared the squire. 

"Three," reckoned the captain, "ourselves make 
seven, counting Hawkins, here. Now, about the hon- 
est hands?" 

" Most likely Trelawney's own men," said the doctor; 
"those he had picked up for himself, before he lit on 
Silver." 

"Nay," replied the squire, "Hands was one of mine." 

" I did think I could have trusted Hands," added the 
captain. 

"And to think that they're all Englishmen!" broke 
out the squire. "Sir, I could find it in my heart to 
blow the ship up." 

"Well, gentlemen," said the captain, "the best that 
I can say is not much. We must lay to, if you please, 
and keep a bright look out. It's trying on a man, I 

93 



TREASURE ISLAND 

know. It would be pleasanter to come to blows. But 
there's no help for it till we know our men. Lay to, 
and whistle for a wind, that's my view." 

"Jim here," said the doctor, " can help us more than 
any one. The men are not shy with him, and Jim is a 
noticing lad." 

"Hawkins, I put prodigious faith in you," added the 
squire. 

1 began to feel pretty desperate at this, for I felt alto- 
gether helpless ; and yet, by an odd train of circum- 
stances, it was indeed through me that safety came. In 
the meantime, talk as we pleased, there were only seven 
out of the twenty-six on whom we knew we could 
rely ; and out of these seven one was a boy, so that the 
grown men on our side were six to their nineteen. 



94 



PART III 
MY SHORE ADVENTURE 



CHAPTER XIII 

HOW MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN 

THE appearance of the island when I came on deck 
next morning was altogether changed. Although 
the breeze had now utterly ceased, we had made a great 
deal of way during the night, and were now lying be- 
calmed about half a mile to the south-east of the low 
eastern coast. Grey-coloured woods covered a large 
part of the surface. This even tint was indeed broken 
up by streaks of yellow sandbreak in the lower lands, 
and by many tall trees of the pine family, out-topping 
the others — some singly, some in clumps; but the gen- 
eral colouring was uniform and sad. The hills ran up 
clear above the vegetation in spires of naked rock. All 
were strangely shaped, and the Spy-glass, which was 
by three or four hundred feet the tallest on the island, 
was likewise the strangest in configuration, running up 
sheer from almost every side, and then suddenly cut off 
at the top like a pedestal to put a statue on. 

The Hispaniola was rolling scuppers under in the 
ocean swell. The booms were tearing at the blocks, 
the rudder was banging to and fro, and the whole ship 
creaking, groaning, and jumping like a manufactory. 
I had to cling tight to the backstay, and the world 
turned giddily before my eyes ; for though I was a good 

91 



TREASURE ISLAND 

enough sailor when there was way on, this standing 
still and being rolled about like a bottle was a thing I 
never learned to stand without a qualm or so, above all 
in the morning, on an empty stomach. 

Perhaps it was this — perhaps it was the look of the 
island, with its grey, melancholy woods, and wild stone 
spires, and the surf that we could both see and hear 
foaming and thundering on the steep beach — at least, 
although the sun shone bright and hot, and the shore 
birds were fishing and crying all around us, and you 
would have thought any one would have been glad to 
get to land after being so long at sea, my heart sank, as 
the saying is, into my boots ; and from that first look 
onward, I hated the very thought of Treasure Island. 

We had a dreary morning's work before us, for there 
was no sign of any wind, and the boats had to be got 
out and manned, and the ship warped three or four 
miles round the corner of the island, and up the narrow 
passage to the haven behind Skeleton Island. I vol- 
unteered for one of the boats, where I had, of course, 
no business. The heat was sweltering, and the men 
grumbled fiercely over their work. Anderson was in 
command of my boat, and instead of keeping the crew 
in order, he grumbled as loud as the worst. 

" Well," he said, with an oath, " it's not for ever." 

I thought this was a very bad sign; for, up to that 
day, the men had gone briskly and willingly about their 
business; but the very sight of the island had relaxed the 
cords of discipline. 

All the way in, Long John stood by the steersman and 
conned the ship. He knew the passage like the palm 
of his hand ; and though the man in the chains got every- 



HOW MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN 

where more water than was down in the chart, John 
never hesitated once. 

" There's a strong scour with the ebb," he said, " and 
this here passage has been dug out, in a manner of 
speaking, with a spade." 

We brought up just where the anchor was in the 
chart, about a third of a mile from each shore, the main- 
land on one side, and Skeleton Island on the other. The 
bottom was clean sand. The plunge of our anchor sent 
up clouds of birds wheeling and crying over the woods ; 
but in less than a minute they were down again, and all 
was once more silent. 

The place was entirely land-locked, buried in woods, 
the trees coming right down to high-water mark, the 
shores mostly flat, and the hilltops standing round at a 
distance in a sort of amphitheatre, one here, one there. 
Two little rivers, or, rather, two swamps, emptied out 
into this pond, as you might call it ; and the foliage round 
that part of the shore had a kind of poisonous bright- 
ness. From the ship, we could see nothing of the house 
or stockade, for they were quite buried among trees ; and 
if it had not been for the chart on the companion, we 
might have been the first that had ever anchored there 
since the island arose out of the seas. 

There was not a breath of air moving, nor a sound 
but that of the surf booming half a mile away along the 
beaches and against the rocks outside. A peculiar stag- 
nant smell hung over the anchorage — a smell of sodden 
leaves and rotting tree trunks. I observed the doctor 
sniffing and sniffing, like some one tasting a bad egg. 

"I don't know about treasure," he said, "but I'll 
stake my wig there's fever here." 

99 



TREASURE ISLAND 

If the conduct of the men had been alarming in the 
boat, it became truly threatening when they had come 
aboard. They lay about the deck growling together in 
talk. The slightest order was received with a black 
look, and grudgingly and carelessly obeyed. Even the 
honest hands must have caught the infection, for there 
was not one man aboard to mend another. Mutiny, it 
was plain, hung over us like a thunder-cloud. 

And it was not only we of the cabin party who per- 
ceived the danger. Long John was hard at work going 
from group to group, spending himself in good advice, 
and as for example no man could have shown a better. 
He fairly outstripped himself in willingness and civility; 
he was all smiles to every one. If an order were given, 
John would be on his crutch in an instant, with the cheer- 
iest "Ay, ay, sir! " in the world; and when there was 
nothing else to do, he kept up one song after another, 
as if to conceal the discontent of the rest. 

Of all the gloomy features of that gloomy afternoon, 
this obvious anxiety on the part of Long John appeared 
the worst. 

We held a council in the cabin. 

"Sir/* said the captain, "if I risk another order, the 
whole ship 11 come about our ears by the run. You see, 
sir, here it is. I get a rough answer, do I not ? Well, 
if I speak back, pikes will be going in two shakes ; if I 
don't, Silver will see there's something under that, and 
the game's up. Now, we've only one man to rely on." 

" And who is that ? " asked the squire. 

" Silver, sir," returned the captain ; "he's as anxious as 
you and I to smother things up. This is a tiff; he'd soon 
talk 'em out of it if he had the chance, and what I propose 



HOW MY SHORE ADVENTURE BEGAN 

to do is to give him the chance. Let's allow the men an 
afternoon ashore. If they all go, why, we'll fight the ship. 
If they none of them go, well, then, we hold the cabin, and 
God defend the right. If some go, you mark my words, 
sir, Silver '11 bring 'em aboard again as mild as Iambs." 

It was so decided; loaded pistols were served out 
to all the sure men; Hunter, Joyce, and Redruth were 
taken into our confidence, and received the news with 
less surprise and a better spirit than we had looked for, and 
then the captain went on deck and addressed the crew. 

"My lads," said he, "we've had a hot day, and are 
all tired and out of sorts. A turn ashore '11 hurt nobody 
— the boats are still in the water; you can take the gigs, 
and as many as please may go ashore for the afternoon. 
I'll fire a gun half an hour before sundown." 

I believe the silly fellows must have thought they 
would break their shins over treasure as soon as they 
were landed; for they all came out of their sulks in 
a moment, and gave a cheer that started the echo in a 
far-away hill, and sent the birds once more flying and 
squalling round the anchorage. 

The captain was too bright to be in the way. He 
whipped out of sight in a moment, leaving Silver to 
arrange the party ; and I fancy it was as well he did so. 
Had he been on deck, he could no longer so much as 
have pretended not to understand the situation. It was 
as plain as day. Silver was the captain, and a mighty 
rebellious crew he had of it. The honest hands — and 
I was soon to see it proved that there were such on 
board — -must have been very stupid fellows. Or, 
rather, I suppose the truth was this, that all hands were 
disaffected by the example of the ringleaders — only 



TREASURE ISLAND 

some more, some less ; and a few, being good fellows 
in the main, could neither be led nor driven any further. 
It is one thing to be idle and skulk, and quite another 
to take a ship and murder a number of innocent men. 

At last, however, the party was made up. Six fel- 
lows were to stay on board, and the remaining thirteen, 
including Silver, began to embark. 

Then it was that there came into my head the first of 
the mad notions that contributed so much to save our 
lives. If six men were left by Silver, it was plain our 
party could not take and fight the ship ; and since only 
six were left, it was equally plain that the cabin party 
had no present need of my assistance. It occurred to 
me at once to go ashore. In a jiffy I had slipped over 
the side, and curled up in the fore-sheets of the nearest 
boat, and almost at the same moment she shoved off. 

No one took notice of me, only the bow oar saying, 
"Is that you, Jim? Keep your head down." But 
Silver, from the other boat, looked sharply over and 
called out to know if that were me ; and from that mo- 
ment I began to regret what I had done. 

The crews raced for the beach ; but the boat I was in, 
having some start, and being at once the lighter and the 
better manned, shot far ahead of her consort, and the 
bow had struck among the shore-side trees, and I had 
caught a branch and swung myself out, and plunged 
into the nearest thicket, while Silver and the rest were 
still a hundred yards behind. 

"Jim, Jim!" I heard him shouting. 

But you may suppose I paid no heed ; jumping, duck' 
ing, and breaking through, I ran straight before my nose^ 
till I could run no longer. 



CHAPTER XIV 

THE FIRST BLOW 

I was so pleased at having given the slip to Long 
John, that I began to enjoy myself and look around me 
wifh some interest on the strange land that I was in. 

I had crossed a marshy tract full of willows, bulrushes, 
and odd, outlandish, swampy trees ; and I had now come 
out upon the skirts of an open piece of undulating, sandy 
country, about a mile long, dotted with a few pines, and 
a great number of contorted trees, not unlike the oak 
in growth, but pale in the foliage, like willows. On 
the far side of the open stood one of the hills, with two 
quaint, craggy peaks, shining vividly in the sun. 

I now felt for the first time the joy of exploration. 
The isle was uninhabited ; my shipmates I had left be- 
hind, and nothing lived in front of me but dumb brutes 
and fowls. I turned hither and thither among the trees. 
Here and there were flowering plants, unknown to me ; 
here and there I saw snakes, and one raised his head 
from a ledge of rock and hissed at me with a noise not 
unlike the spinning of a top. Little did I suppose that 
he was a deadly enemy, and that the noise was the 
famous rattle. 

Then I came to a long thicket of these oak-like trees 
—live, or evergreen, oaks, 1 heard afterwards they should 

103 



TREASURE ISLAND 

be called — which grew low along the sand like bram- 
bles, the boughs curiously twisted, the foliage compact, 
like thatch. The thicket stretched down from the top 
of one of the sandy knolls, spreading and growing taller 
as it went, until it reached the margin of the broad, 
reedy fen, through which the nearest of the little rivers 
soaked its way into the anchorage. The marsh was 
steaming tn the strong sun, and the outline of the Spy- 
glass trembled through the haze. 

All at once there began to go a sort of bustle among 
the bulrushes ; a wild duck flew up with a quack, an- 
other followed, and soon over the whole surface of the 
marsh a great cloud of birds hung screaming and cir- 
cling in the air. I judged at once that some of my ship- 
mates must be drawing near along the borders of the 
fen. Nor was I deceived ; for soon I heard the very dis- 
tant and low tones of a human voice, which, as I con- 
tinued to give ear, grew steadily louder and nearer. 

This put me in a great fear, and I crawled under cover 
of the nearest live-oak, and squatted there, hearkening, 
as silent as a mouse. 

Another voice answered; and then the first voice, 
which 1 now recognised to be Silver's, once more took 
up the story, and ran on for a long while in a stream, 
only now and again interrupted by the other. By the 
sound they must have been talking earnestly, and al- 
most fiercely ; but no distinct word came to my hearing. 

At last the speakers seemed to have paused, and per- 
haps to have sat down ; for not only did they cease to 
draw any nearer, but the birds themselves began to 
grow more quiet, and to settle again to their places in 
the swamp. 

104 



THE FIRST BLOW 

And now I began to feel that I was neglecting my 
business ; that since I had been so foolhardy as to come 
ashore with these desperadoes, the least I could do was 
to overhear them at their councils; and that my plain 
and obvious duty was to draw as close as I could man- 
age, under the favourable ambush of the crouching trees. 

I could tell the direction of the speakers pretty exactly, 
not only by the sound of their voices, but by the be- 
haviour of the few birds that still hung in alarm above 
the heads of the intruders. 

Crawling on all-fours, I made steadily but slowly to- 
wards them ; till at last, raising my head to an aperture 
among the leaves, I could see clear down into a little 
green dell beside the marsh, and closely set about with 
trees, where Long John Silver and another of the crew 
stood face to face in conversation. 

The sun beat full upon them. Silver had thrown his 
hat beside him on the ground, and his great, smooth, 
blond face, all shining with heat, was lifted to the other 
man's in a kind of appeal. 

"Mate," he was saying, "it's because I thinks gold 
dust of you — gold dust, and you may lay to that! If I 
hadn't took to you like pitch, do you think I'd have been 
here a-warning of you ? All's up — you can't make nor 
mend; it's to save your neck that I'm a-speaking, and 
if one of the wild 'uns knew it, where 'ud I be, Tom — 
now, tell me, where 'ud I be?*' 

"Silver," said the other man — and I observed he was 
not only red in the face, but spoke as hoarse as a crow, 
and his voice shook, too, like a taut rope — "Silver," 
says he, M you're old, and you're honest, or has the name 
for it; and you've money, too, which lots of poor sailors 

105 



TREASURE ISLAND 

hasn't; and you're brave, or I'm mistook. And will you 
tell me you'll let yourself be led away with that kind of 
a mess of swabs ? not you ! As sure as God sees me, 
I'd sooner lose my hand. If I turn agin my dooty— — " 

And then all of a sudden he was interrupted by a noise. 
I had found one of the honest hands — well, here, at that 
same moment, came news of another. Far awa'y out in 
the marsh there arose, all of a sudden, a sound like the 
cry of anger, then another on the back of it; and then 
one horrid, long-drawn scream. The rocks of the Spy- 
glass re-echoed it a score of times ; the whole troop of 
marsh-birds rose again, darkening heaven, with a simul- 
taneous whirr; and long after that death yell was still 
ringing in my brain, silence had re-established its empire, 
and only the rustle of the redescending birds and the 
boom of the distant surges disturbed the languor of the 
afternoon. 

Tom had leaped at the sound, like a horse at the spur; 
but Silver had not winked an eye. He stood where he 
was, resting lightly on his crutch, watching his com- 
panion like a snake about to spring. 

"John! " said the sailor, stretching out his hand. 

" Hands off! " cried Silver, leaping back a yard, as it 
seemed to me, with the speed and security of a trained 
gymnast. 

" Hands off, if you like, John Silver," said the other. 
" It's a black conscience that can make you feared of me. 
But, in heaven's name, tell me what was that?" 

"That?" returned Silver, smiling away, but warier 
than ever, his eye a mere pin-point in his big face, but 
gleaming like a crumb of glass. "That ? Oh, I reckon 
that'll be Alan." 

1 06 



THE FIRST BLOW 

And at this poor Tom flashed out like a hero. 

"Alan ! " he cried. "Then rest his soul for a true sea- 
man! And as for you, John Silver, long you've been a 
mate of mine, but you're mate of mine no more. If I 
die like a dog, I'll die in my dooty. You've killed Alan, 
have you ? Kill me, too, if you can. But I defies you." 

And with that, this brave fellow turned his back 
directly on the cook, and set off walking for the beach. 
But he was not destined to go far. With a cry, John 
seized the branch of a tree, whipped the crutch out of 
his armpit, and sent that uncouth missile hurtling through 
the air. It struck poor Tom, point foremost, and with 
stunning violence, right between the shoulders in the 
middle of his back. His hands flew up, he gave a sort 
of gasp, and fell. 

Whether he were injured much or little, none could 
ever tell Like enough, to judge from the sound, his 
back was broken on the spot. But he had no time 
given him to recover. Silver, agile as a monkey, even 
without leg or crutch, was on the top of him next mo- 
ment, and had twice buried his knife up to the hilt in 
that defenceless body. From my place of ambush, I 
could hear him pant aloud as he struck the blows. 

I do not know what it rightly is to faint, but I d6 
know that for the next little while the whole world 
swam away from before me in a whirling mist; Silver 
and the birds, and the tall Spy-glass hilltop, going 
round and round and topsy-turvy before my eyes, and 
all manner of bells ringing and distant voices shouting 
in my ear. 

When I came again to myself, the monster had pulled 
himself together, his crutch under his arm, his hat upon 

107 



TREASURE ISLAND 

his head. Just before him Tom lay motionless upon 
the sward ; but the murderer minded him not a whit, 
cleansing his blood-stained knife the while upon a wisp 
of grass. Everything else was unchanged, the sun still 
shining mercilessly on the steaming marsh and the tall 
pinnacle of the mountain, and I could scarce persuade 
myself that murder had been actually done, and a human 
life cruelly cut short a moment since, before my eyes. 

But now John put his hand into his pocket, brought 
out a whistle, and blew upon it several modulated blasts, 
that rang far across the heated air. I could not tell, of 
course, the meaning of the signal ; but it instantly awoke 
my fears. More men would be coming. I might be 
discovered. They had already slain two of the honest 
people ; after Tom and Alan, might not I come next ? 

Instantly I began to extricate myself and crawl back 
again, with what speed and silence I could manage, to 
the more open portion of the wood. As I did so, I 
could hear hails coming and going between the old 
buccaneer and his comrades, and this sound of danger 
lent me wings. As soon as I was clear of the thicket, 
I ran as I never ran before, scarce minding the direction 
of my flight, so long as it led me from the murderers ; 
and as I ran, fear grew and grew upon me, until it turned 
Into a kind of frenzy. 

Indeed, could any one be more entirely lost than I ? 
When the gun fired, how should I dare to go down to 
the boats among those fiends, still smoking from their 
crime ? Would not the first of them who saw me wring 
my neck like a snipe's ? Would not my absence itself 
be an evidence to them of my alarm, and therefore 
of my fatal knowledge ? It was all over, I thought 

1 08 



THE FIRST BLOW 

Good-bye to the Hhpaniola; good-bye to the squire, 
the doctor, and the captain! There was nothing left 
for me but death by starvation, or death by the hands 
of the mutineers. 

All this while, as I say, I was still running, and, with- 
out taking any notice, I had drawn near to the foot of 
the little hill with the two peaks, and had got into a part 
of the island where the live-oaks grew more widely apart, 
and seemed more like forest trees in their bearing and 
dimensions. Mingled with these were a few scattered 
pines, some fifty, some nearer seventy, feet high. The 
air, too, smelt more freshly than down beside the marsh. 

And here a fresh alarm brought me to a standstill with 
a thumping heart. 



109 



CHAPTER XV 

THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

From the side of the hill, which was here steep and 
stony, a spout of gravel was dislodged, and fell rattling 
and bounding through the trees. My eyes turned in- 
stinctively in that direction, and I saw a figure leap with 
great rapidity behind the trunk of a pine. What it was, 
whether bear or man or monkey, I could in no wise 
tell. It seemed dark and shaggy ; more I knew not 
But the terror of this new apparition brought me to a 
stand. 

I was now, it seemed, cut off upon both sides; behind 
me the murderers, before me this lurking nondescript. 
And immediately I began to prefer the dangers that I 
knew to those I knew not. Silver himself appeared less 
terrible in contrast with this creature of the woods, and 
I turned on my heel, and, looking sharply behind me 
over my shoulder, began to retrace my steps in the di- 
rection of the boats. 

Instantly the figure reappeared, and, making a wide 
circuit, began to head me off. I was tired, at any rate ; 
but had I been as fresh as when I rose, I could see it 
was in vain for me to contend in speed with such an 
adversary. From trunk to trunk the creature flitted like 
a deer, running manlike on two legs, but unlike any 

I tO 



THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

man that I had ever seen, stooping almost double as it 
ran. Yet a man it was, I could no longer be in doubt 
about that. 

I began to recall what I had heard of cannibals, I 
was within an ace of calling for help. But the mere 
fact that he was a man, however wild, had somewhat 
reassured me, and my fear of Silver began to revive in 
proportion. 1 stood still, therefore, and cast about for 
some method of escape; and as I was so thinking, the 
recollection of my pistol flashed into my mind. As soon 
as I remembered I was not defenceless, courage glowed 
again in my heart; and I set my face resolutely for 
this man of the island, and walked briskly towards 
him. 

He was concealed, by this time, behind another tree 
trunk; but he must have been watching me closely, for 
as soon as 1 began to move in his direction he reappeared 
and took a step to meet me. Then he hesitated, drew 
back, came forward again, and at last, to my wonder and 
confusion, threw himself on his knees and held out his 
clasped hands in supplication. 

At that I once more stopped. 

M Who are you ?" I asked. 

"Ben Gunn," he answered, and his voice sounded 
hoarse and awkward, like a rusty lock. "I'm poor 
Ben Gunn, 1 am ; and I haven't spoke with a Christian 
these three years." 

I could now see that he was a white man like myself, 
and that his features were even pleasing. His skin, 
wherever it was exposed, was burnt by the sun; even 
his lips were black, and his fair eyes looked quite 
startling in so dark a face. Of all the beggar-men 



TREASURE ISLAND 

that I had seen or fancied, he was the chief for ragged- 
ness. He was clothed with tatters of old ship's canvas 
and old sea cloth; and this extraordinary patchwork 
was all held together by a system of tha most various 
and incongruous fastenings, brass buttons, bits of stick, 
and loops of tarry gaskin. About his waist he wore 
an old brass-buckled leather belt, which was the one 
thing solid in his whole accoutrement. 

"Three years!" I cried. "Were you shipwrecked ?" 

"Nay, mate," said he — "marooned." 

1 had heard the word, and I knew it stood for a 
horrible kind of punishment common enough among the 
buccaneers, in which the offender is put ashore with a 
little powder and shot, and left behind on some desolate 
and distant island. 

"Marooned three years agone," he continued, "and 
lived on goats since then, and berries, and oysters. 
Wherever a man is, says I, a man can do for himself. 
But, mate, my heart is sore for Christian diet. You 
mightn't happen to have a piece of cheese about you, 
now ? No ? Well, many's the long night I've dreamed 
of cheese — toasted, mostly — and woke up again, and 
here 1 were." 

" If ever 1 can get aboard again," said I, "you shall 
have cheese by the stone." 

All this time he had been feeling the stuff of my jacket, 
smoothing my hands, looking at my boots, and gen- 
erally, in the intervals of his speech, showing a childish 
pleasure in the presence of a fellow-creature. But at my 
last words he perked up into a kind of startled slyness. 

" If ever you can get aboard again, says you ? " he re- 
peated. "Why, now, who's to hinder yoa?" 



THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

"Not you, I know," was my reply. 

' ' And right you was, " he cried. ' ' Now you -~. irhat 
do you call yourself, mate ?" 

"Jim," I told him. 

"Jim, Jim," says he, quite pleased apparently. "Well, 
now, Jim, I've lived that rough as you'd be ashamed to 
hear of. Now, for instance, you wouldn't think I had 
had a pious mother — to look at me?" he asked. 

"Why, no, not in particular," I answered. 

' 'Ah, well," said he, "but I had — remarkable pious. 
And I was a civil, pious boy, and could rattle off my 
catechism that fast, as you couldn't tell one word from 
another. And here's what it come to, Jim, and it be- 
gun with chuck-farthen on the blessed grave-stones! 
That's what it begun with, but it went further'n that; 
and so my mother told me, and predicked the whole, 
she did, the pious woman! But it were Providence 
that put me here. I've thought it all out in this here 
lonely island, and I'm back on piety. You don't catch 
me tasting rum so much; but just a thimbleful for luck, 
of course, the first chance I have. I'm bound I'll be 
good, and I see the way to. And, Jim " — looking all 
round him, and lowering his voice to a whisper — " I'm 
rich." 

I now felt sure that the poor fellow had gone crazy 
in his solitude, and I suppose I must have shown the 
feeling in my face; for he repeated the statement 
hotly: — 

"Rich! rich! I says. And I'll tell you what: I'll 
make a man of you, Jim. Ah, Jim, you'll bless your 
stars, you will, you was the first that found me! " 

And at this there came suddenly a lowering shadow 
1*3 



TREASURE ISLAND 

over his face, and he tightened his grasp upon my hand, 
and raised a forefinger threateningly before my eyes. 

" Now, Jim, you tell me true : that ain't Flint's ship ? " 
he asked. 

At this I had a happy inspiration. I began to believe 
that I had found an ally, and I answered him at once. 

"It's not Flint's ship, and Flint is dead; but I'll tell 
you true, as you ask me — there are some of Flint's hands 
aboard; worse luck for the rest of us/' 

"Not a man — with one — leg?" he gasped. 

"Silver?" I asked. 

"Ah, Silver!" says he; "that were his name." 

"He's the cook; and the ringleader, too." 

He was still holding me by the wrist, and at that he 
gave it quite a wring. 

"If you was sent by Long John," he said, "I'm as 
good as pork, and I know it. But where was you, do 
you suppose ? " 

I had made my mind up in a moment, and by way of 
answer told him the whole story of our voyage, and the 
predicament in which we found ourselves. He heard 
me with the keenest interest, and when I had done he 
patted me on the head. 

"You're a good lad, Jim," he said; "and you're all 
in a clove hitch, ain't you ? Well, you just put your 
trust in Ben Gunn — Ben Gunn's the man to do it. 
Would you think it likely, now, that your squire would 
prove a liberal-minded one in case of help — him being 
in a clove hitch, as you remark ?" 

I told him the squire was the most liberal of men. 

"Ay, but you see," returned Ben Gunn, "I didn't 
mean giving me a gate to keep, and a shuit of livery 

114 



THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

clothes, and such; that's not my mark, Jim. What I 
mean is, would he be likely to come down to the toon 
of, say one thousand pounds out of money that's as good 
as a man's own already ? " 

" I am sure he would," said I. "As it was, all hands 
were to share." 

"And a passage home?" he added, with a look of 
great shrewdness. 

"Why," I cried, "the squire's a gentleman. And 
besides, if we got rid of the others, we should want you 
to help work the vessel home." 

"Ah," said he, "so you would." And he seemed 
very much relieved. 

"Now, I'll tell you what," he went on. "So much 
I'll tell you, and no more. I were in Flint's ship when 
he buried the treasure; he and six along — six strong 
seamen. They was ashore nigh on a week, and us 
standing off and on in the old Walrus. One fine day 
up went the signal, and here come Flint by himself in a 
little boat, and his head done up in a blue scarf. The 
sun was getting up, and mortal white he looked about 
the cutwater. But, there he was, you mind, and the 
six all dead — dead and buried. How he done it, not a 
man aboard us could make out. It was battle, murder, 
and sudden death, leastways — him against six. Billy 
Bones was the mate; Long John, he was quartermaster; 
and they asked him where the treasure was. 'Ah,' says 
he, 'you can go ashore, if you like, and stay,' he says; 
* but as for the ship, she'll beat up for more, by thunder ! ' 
That's what he said. 

"Well, I was in another ship three years back, and 
we sighted this island. 'Boys,' said I, 'here's Flint's 

I! 5 



TREASURE ISLAND 

treasure*; let's land and find it/ The cap'n was dis- 
pleased at that ; but my messmates were all of a mind, 
and landed. Twelve days they looked for it, and every 
day they had the worse word for me, until one fine 
morning all hands went aboard. 'As for you, Benjamin 
Gunn/ says they, 'here's a musket/ they says, 'and a 
spade, and pickaxe. You can stay here, and find Flint's 
money for yourself,' they says. 

" Well, Jim, three years have I been here, and not a 
bite of Christian diet from that day to this* But now, 
you look here ; look at me, Do I look like a man be- 
fore the mast ? No, says you. Nor I weren't, neither, 
I says." 

And with that he winked and pinched me hard. 

"Just you mention them words to your squire, Jim " 
— he went on: "Nor he weren't, neither — that's the 
words. Three years he were the man of this island, 
light and dark, fair and rain ; and sometimes he would, 
maybe, think upon a prayer (says you), and sometimes 
he would, maybe, think of his old mother, so be as she's 
alive (you'll say) ; but the most part of Gunn's time (this 
is what you'll say) — the most part of his time was took 
up with another matter. And then you'll give him a 
nip, like I do." 

And he pinched me again in the most confidential 
manner. 

"Then," he continued — "then you'll up, and you'll 
say this : — Gunn is a good man (you'll say), and he puts 
a precious sight more confidence — a precious sight, 
mind that — in a gen'leman born than in these gen'le- 
men of fortune, having been one hisself." 

" WeH," I said, "I don't understand ons word that 

116 



THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

you've been saying. But that's neither here nor there; 
for how am I to get on board ? " 

"Ah," said he, "that's the hitch, for sure. Well, 
there's my boat, that I made with my two hands. I 
keep her under the white rock. If the worst come to 
the worst, we might try that after dark. Hi ! " he broke 
out, "what's that?" 

For just then, although the sun had still an hour or 
two to run, all the echoes of the island awoke and bel- 
lowed to the thunder of a cannon. 

1 ' They have begun to fight ! " I cried. " Follow me. " 

And I began to run towards the anchorage, my ter- 
rors all forgotten ; while, close at my side, the marooned 
man in his goatskins trotted easily and lightly. 

"Left, left," says he; "keep to your left hand, mate 
Jim ! Under the trees with you ! Theer's where I killed 
my first goat They don't come down here now; 
they're all mastheaded on them mountings for the fear of 
Benjamin Gunn. Ah ! and there's the cetemery " — cem- 
etery, he must have meant. "You see the mounds? I 
come here and prayed, nows and thens, when I thought 
maybe a Sunday would be about doo. It weren't quite 
a chapel, but it seemed more solemn like; and then, 
says you, Ben Gunn was short-handed — no chapling, 
nor so much as a Bible and a flag, you says." 

So he kept talking as I ran, neither expecting nor re- 
ceiving any answer. 

The cannon-shot was followed, after a considerable 
interval, by a volley of small arms. 

Another pause, and then, not a quarter of a mile in 
front of me, I beheld the Union Jack flutter in the air 
above a wood. 

117 



PART IV 
THE STOCKADE 



CHAPTER XVI 

NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR*. HOW THE SHIP 
WAS ABANDONED 

IT was about half-past one — three bells in the sea 
phrase — that the two boats went ashore from the 
Hispaniola. The captain, the squire, and I were talking 
matters over in the cabin. Had there been a breath of 
wind, we should have fallen on the six mutineers who 
were left aboard with us, slipped our cable, and away 
to sea. But the wind was wanting; and, to complete 
our helplessness, down came Hunter with the news that 
Jim Hawkins had slipped into a boat and was gone 
ashore with the rest. 

It never occurred to us to doubt Jim Hawkins; but 
we were alarmed for his safety. With the men in the 
temper they were in, it seemed an even chance if we 
should see the lad again. We ran on deck. The pitch 
was bubbling in the seams ; the nasty stench of the place 
turned me sick ; if ever a man smelt fever and dysentery, 
it was in that abominable anchorage. The six scoun- 
drels were sitting grumbling under a sail in the fore- 
castle ; ashore we could gee the gigs made fast, and a 
man sitting in each, hard by where the river runs in. 
One of them was whistling "Lillibullero." 

Waiting was a strain ; and it was decided that Hunter 
and I should go ashore with the jolly-boat in quest of 
information. ,,. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The gigs had leaned to their right; but Hunter and I 
pulled straight in, in the direction of the stockade upon 
the chart. The two who were left guarding their boats 
seemed in a bustle at our appearance; " Lillibullero " 
stopped off, and I could see the pair discussing what 
they ought to do. Had they gone and told Silver, all 
might have turned out differently ; but they had their 
orders, I suppose, and decided to sit quietly where they 
were and hark back again to " Lillibullero." 

There was a slight bend in the coast, and I steered so 
as to put it between us ; even before we landed we had 
thus lost sight of the gigs. I jumped out and came as 
near running as I durst, with a big silk handkerchief 
under my hat for coolness* sake, and a brace of pistols 
ready primed for safety. 

I had not gone a hundred yards when I reached the 
stockade. 

This was how it was : a spring of clear water rose 
almost at the top of a knoll. Well, on the knoll, and 
enclosing the spring, they had clapped a stout log- 
house, fit to hold two score of people on a pinch, and 
loopholed for musketry on every side. All round this 
they had cleared a wide space, and then the thing was 
completed by a paling six feet high, without door or 
opening, too strong to pull down without time and 
labour, and too open to shelter the besiegers. The peo- 
ple in the log-house had them in everyway; they stood 
quiet in shelter and shot the others like partridges. All 
they wanted was a good watch and food ; for, short of 
a complete surprise, they might have held the place 
against a regiment. 

What particularly took my fancy was the spring. 

122 



HOW THE SHIP WAS ABANDONED 

For, though we had a good enough place of it in the 
cabin of the Hispaniola, with plenty of arms and ammu- 
nition, and things to eat, and excellent wines, there had 
been one thing overlooked — we had no water. I was 
thinking this over, when there came ringing over the 
island the cry of a man at the point of death. I was 
not new to violent death — I have served his Royal 
Highness the Duke of Cumberland, and got a wound 
myself at Fontenoy — but I know my pulse went dot 
and carry one. "Jim Hawkins is gone," was my first 
thought. 

It is something to have been an old soldier, but more 
still to have been a doctor. There is no time to dilly- 
dally in our work. And so now I made up my mind 
instantly, and with no time lost returned to the shore, 
and jumped on board the jolly-boat 

By good fortune Hunter pulled a good oar. We made 
the water fly ; and the boat was soon alongside, and I 
aboard the schooner. 

I found them all shaken, as was natural. The squire 
was sitting down, as white as a sheet, thinking of the 
harm he had led us to, the good soul ! and one of the six 
forecastle hands was little better. 

"There's a man," says Captain Smollett, nodding 
towards him, " new to this work. He came nigh-hand 
fainting, doctor, when he heard the cry. Another touch 
of the rudder and that man would join us." 

I told my plan to the captain, and between us we 
settled on the details of its accomplishment. 

We put old Redruth in the gallery between the cabin 
and the forecastle, with three or four loaded muskets 
and a mattress for protection. Hunter brought the boat 

123 



TREASURE ISLAND 

round under the stern-port, and Joyce and I set to work 
loading her with powder-tins, muskets, bags of biscuits, 
kegs of pork, a cask of cognac, and my invaluable medi- 
cine-chest. 

In the meantime, the squire and the captain stayed on 
deck, and the latter hailed the coxswain, who was the 
principal man aboard. 

"Mr. Hands," he said, "here are two of us with a 
brace of pistols each. If any one of you six makes 
a signal of any description, that man's dead." 

They were a good deal taken aback; and, after a little 
consultation, one and all tumbled down the fore com- 
panion, thinking, no doubt, to take us on the rear. But 
when they saw Redruth waiting for them in the sparred 
gallery, they went about ship at once, and a head popped 
out again on deck. 

"Down, dog!" cries the captain. 

And the head popped back again ; and we heard no 
more, for the time, of these six very faint-hearted seamen. 

By this time, tumbling things in as they came, we had 
the jolly-boat loaded as much as we dared. Joyce and 
I got out through the stern-port, and we made for shore 
again, as fast as oars could take us. 

This second trip fairly aroused the watchers along 
shore. " Lillibullero " was dropped again; and just 
before we lost sight of them behind the little point, one 
of them whipped ashore and disappeared. I had half a 
mind to change my plan and destroy their boats, but I 
feared that Silver and the others might be close at hand, 
and all might very well be lost by trying for too much. 

We had soon touched land in the same place as before, 
and set to provision the block house. All three made 

124 



HOW THE SHIP WAS ABANDONED 

the first journey, heavily laden, and tossed our stores 
over the palisade. Then, leaving Joyce to guard them 
— one man, to be sure, but with half a dozen muskets — 
Hunter and I returned to the jolly-boat, and loaded our- 
selves once more. So we proceeded without pausing 
to take breath, till the whole cargo was bestowed, when 
the two servants took up their position in the block 
house, and I, with all my power, sculled back to the 
Hispaniola. 

That we should have risked a second boat-load seems 
more daring than it really was. They had the advan- 
tage of numbers, of course, but we had the advantage 
of arms. Not one of the men ashore had a musket, and 
before they could get within range for pistol shooting, 
we flattered ourselves we should be able to give a good 
account of a half-dozen at least. 

The squire was waiting for me at the stern window, 
all his faintness gone from him. He caught the painter 
and made it fast, and we fell to loading the boat for our 
very lives. Pork, powder, and biscuit was the cargo, 
with only a musket and a cutlass apiece for the squire 
and me and Redruth and the captain. The rest of the 
arms and powder we dropped overboard in two fathoms 
and a half of water, so that we could see the bright steel 
shining far below us in the sun, on the clean, sandy 
bottom. 

By this time the tide was beginning to ebb, and the 
ship was swinging round to her anchor. Voices were 
heard faintly halloaing in the direction of the two gigs ; 
and though this reassured us for Joyce and Hunter, who 
were well to the eastward, it warned our party to be off. 

Redruth retreated from his place in the gallery, and 



TREASURE ISLAND 

dropped into the boat, which we then brought round to 
the ship's counter, to be handier for Captain Smollett. 

"Now, men," said he, "do you hear me?" 

There was no answer from the forecastle. 

" It's to you, Abraham Gray — it's to you I am speak- 
ing." 

Still no reply. 

" Gray," resumed Mr. Smollett, a little louder, " I am 
leaving this ship, and I order you to follow your captain. 
I know you are a good man at bottom, and I daresay 
not one of the lot of you's as bad as he makes out. I 
have my watch here in my hand ; I give you thirty sec- 
onds to join me in." 

There was a pause. 

"Come, my fine fellow," continued the captain, 
" don't hang so long in stays. I'm risking my life, and 
the lives of these good gentlemen, every second." 

There was a sudden scuffle, a sound of blows, and 
out burst Abraham Gray with a knife-cut on the side of 
the cheek, and came running to the captain, like a dog 
to the whistle. 

" I'm with you, sir," said he. 

And the next moment he and the captain had dropped 
aboard of us, and we had shoved off and given way. 

We were clear out of the ship ; but not yet ashore in 
our stockade. 



126 



CHAPTER XVII 

NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: THE JOULY- 
BOAT's LAST TRIP 

This fifth trip was quite different from any of the 
others. In the first place, the little gallipot of a boat 
that we were in was gravely overloaded. Five grown 
men, and three of them — Trelawney, Redruth, and the 
captain — over six feet high, was already more than she 
was meant to carry. Add to that the powder, pork, 
and bread-bags. The gunwale was lipping astern. 
Several times we shipped a little water, and my breeches 
and the tails of my coat were all soaking wet before we 
had gone a hundred yards. 

The captain made us trim the boat, and we got her 
to lie a little more evenly. All the same, we were afraid 
to breathe. 

In the second place, the ebb was now making — a 
strong rippling current running westward through the 
basin, and then south ard and seaward down the straits 
by which we had entered in the morning. Even the 
ripples were a danger to our overloaded craft; but the 
worst of it was that we were swept out of our true 
course, and away from our proper landing-place behind 
the point. If we let the current have its way we should 
come ashore beside the gigs, where the pirates might 
appear at any moment. 

127 



TREASURE ISLAND 

" I cannot keep her head for the stockade, sir," said 
I to the captain. I was steering, while he and Redruth, 
two fresh men, were at the oars. "The tide keeps 
washing her down. Could you pull a little stronger ?" 

"Not without swamping the boat," said he. "You 
must bear up, sir, if you please — bear up until you see 
you're gaining." 

I tried, and found by experiment that the tide kept 
sweeping us westward until I had laid her head due 
east, or just about right angles to the way we ought to go. 

"Well never get ashore at this rate/* said I. 

" If it's the only course that we can lie, sir, we must 
even lie it," returned the captain. "We must keep up- 
stream. You see, sir," he went on, ' ' if once we dropped 
to leeward of the landing-place, it's hard to say where we 
should get ashore, besides the chance of being boarded 
by the gigs ; whereas, the way we go the current must 
slacken, and then we can dodge back along the shore." 

" The current's less a' ready, sir," said the man Gray, 
who was sitting in the fore-sheets ; "you can ease her 
off a bit." 

"Thank you, my man," said I, quite as if nothing 
had happened ; for we had all quietly made up our 
minds to treat him like one of ourselves. 

Suddenly the captain spoke up again, and I thought 
his voice was a little changed. 

"The gun!" said he. 

"I have thought of that," said I, for ! made sure he 
was thinking of a bombardment of the fort. "They 
could never get the gun ashore, and if they did, they 
could never haul it through the woods." 

"Look astern, doctor," replied the captain. 
128 



THE JOLLY-BOAT'S LAST TRIP 

We had entirely forgotten the long nine ; and there, 
to our horror, were the five rogues busy about her, get- 
ting off her jacket, as they called the stout tarpaulin cover 
under which she sailed. Not only that, but it flashed 
into my mind at the same moment that the round-shot 
and the powder for the gun had been left behind, and a 
stroke with an axe would put it all into the possession 
of the evil ones aboard. 

"Israel was Flint's gunner/' said Gray, hoarsely. 

At any risk, we put the boat's head direct for the 
landing-place. By this time we had got so far out of 
the run of the current that we kept steerage way even 
at our necessarily gentle rate of rowing, and I could keep 
her steady for the goal. But the worst of it was, that 
with the course I now held, we turned our broadside 
instead of our stern to the Hispaniola, and offered a tar- 
get like a barn door. 

I could hear, as well as see, that brandy-faced rascal, 
Israel Hands, plumping down a round-shot on the deck, 

" Who's the best shot?" asked the captain. 

"Mr. Trelawney, out and away," said I. 

" Mr. Trelawney, will you please pick me off one of 
these men, sir? Hands, if possible," said the captain. 

Trelawney was as cool as steel. He looked to the 
priming of his gun. 

" Now," cried the captain, " easy with that gun, sir, 
or you'll swamp the boat. All hands stand by to trim 
her when he aims." 

The squire raised his gun, the rowing ceased, and we 
leaned over to the other side to keep the balance, and 
all was so nicely contrived that we did not ship a drop. 

They had the gun, by this time, slewed round upon 
129 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the swivel and Hands, who was at the muzzle with the 
rammer, was, in consequence, the most exposed. How- 
ever, we had no luck ; for just as Trelawney fired, down 
he stooped, the ball whistled over him, and it was one 
of the other four who fell. 

The cry he gave was echoed, not only by his com- 
panions on board, but by a great number of voices from 
the shore, and looking in that direction I saw the other 
pirates trooping out from among the trees and tumbling 
into their places in the boats. 

"Here come the gigs, sir," said I. 

" Give way then," cried the captain. " We mustn't 
mind if we swamp her now. If we can't get ashore, 
all's up." 

" Only one of the gigs is being manned, sir," I added, 
"the crew of the other most likely going round by 
shore to cut us off." 

"They'll have a hot run, sir," returned the captain* 
"Jack ashore, you know» It's not them I mind; it's the 
round-shot. Carpet bowls ! My lady's maid couldn't 
miss. Tell us, squire, when you see the match, and 
we'll hold water." 

In the meanwhile we had been making headway at a 
good pace for a boat so overloaded, and we had shipped 
but little water in the process. We were now close in; 
thirty or forty strokes and we should beach her; for the 
ebb had already disclosed a narrow belt of sand below 
the clustering trees. The gig was no longer to be 
feared ; the little point had already concealed it from our 
eyes. The ebb-tide, which had so cruelly delayed us, 
was now making reparation, and delaying our assail- 
ants. The one source of danger was the gun. 

130 



THE JOLLY-BOAT'S LAST TRIP 

" If I durst," said the captain, " I'd stop and pick off 
another man." 

But it was plain that they meant nothing should de- 
lay their shot. They had never so much as looked at 
their fallen comrade, though he was not dead, and I 
could see him trying to crawl away. 

"Ready!" cried the squire. 

" Hold! " cried the captain, quick as an echo. 

And he and Redruth backed with a great heave that 
sent her stern«bodily under water. The report fell in at 
the same instant of time. This was the first that Jim 
heard, the sound of the squire's shot not having reached 
him. Where the ball passed, not one of us precisely 
knew ; but I fancy it must have been over our heads, 
and that the wind of it may have contributed to our 
disaster. 

At any rate, the boat sank by the stern, quite gently, 
in three feet of water, leaving the captain and myself, 
facing each other, on our feet. The other three took 
complete headers, and came up again, drenched and 
bubbling. 

So far there was no great harm. No lives were lost, 
and we could wade ashore in safety. But there were 
all our stores at the bottom, and, to make things worse, 
only two guns out of five remained in a state for ser- 
vice. Mine I had snatched from my knees and held 
over my head, by a sort of instinct. As for the captain, 
he had carried his over his shoulder by a bandoleer, and, 
like a wise man, lock uppermost. The other three had 
gone down with the boat. 

To add to our concern, we heard voices already draw- 
ing near us in the woods along shore ; and we had not 

131 



TREASURE ISLAND 

only the danger of being cut off from the stockade in 
our half-crippled state, but the fear before us whether, 
if Hunter and Joyce were attacked by half a dozen, they 
would have the sense and conduct to stand firm. Hun- 
ter was steady, that we knew ; Joyce was a doubtful 
case — a pleasant, polite man for a valet, and to brush 
one's clothes, but not entirely fitted for a man of war. 

With all this in our minds, we waded ashore as fast 
as we could, leaving behind us the poor jolly-boat, and 
a good half of all our powder and provisions. 



CHAPTER XVIII 

NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: END OF THE 
FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING 

We made our best speed across the strip of wood that 
now divided us from the stockade ; and at every step 
we took the voices of the buccaneers rang nearer. Soon 
we could hear their footfalls as they ran, and the cracking 
of the branches as they breasted across a bit of thicket. 

I began to see we should have a brush for it in ear- 
nest, and looked to my priming. 

* ' Captain, " said I, • ' Trelawney is the dead shot. Give 
him your gun; his own is useless." 

They exchanged guns, and Trelawney, silent and coo! 
as he had been since the beginning of the bustle, hung 
a moment on his heel to see that all was fit for service. 
At the same time, observing Gray to be unarmed, I 
handed him my cutlass. It did all our hearts good to 
see him spit in his hand, knit his brows, and make the 
blade sing through the air. It was plain from every line 
of his body that our new hand was worth his salt. 

Forty paces farther we came to the edge of the wood 
and saw the stockade in front of us. We struck the en- 
closure about the middle of the south side, and, almost 
at the same time, seven mutineers — Job Anderson, the 
boatswain, at their head — appeared in full cry at the 
south-western corner. 

133 



TREASURE ISLAND 

They paused, as if taken abacL ; and before they re- 
covered, not only the squire and I, but Hunter and Joyce 
from the block house, had time to fire. The four shots 
came in rather a scattering volley ; but they did the busi- 
ness: one of the enemy actually fell, and the rest, with- 
out hesitation, turned and plunged into the trees. 

After reloading, we walked down the outside of the 
palisade to see to the fallen enemy. He was stone dead 
— shot through the heart. 

We began to rejoice over our good success, when just 
at that moment a pistol cracked in the bush, a ball 
whistled close past my ear, and poor Tom Redruth 
stumbled and fell his length on the ground. Both the 
squire and I returned the shot; but as we had nothing 
to aim at, it is probable we only wasted powder. Then 
we reloaded, and turned our attention to poor Tom. 

The captain and Gray were already examining him ; 
and I saw with half an eye that all was over. 

I believe the readiness of our return volley had scat- 
tered the mutineers once more, for we were suffered 
without further molestation to get the poor old game- 
keeper hoisted over the stockade, and carried, groaning 
and bleeding, into the log-house. 

Poor old fellow, he had not uttered one word of sur- 
prise, complaint, fear, or even acquiescence, from the 
very beginning of our troubles till now, when we had 
laid him down in the log-house to die. He had lain 
like a Trojan behind his mattress in the gallery ; he had 
fol!owed every order silently, doggedly, and well; he 
was the oldest of our party by a score of years ; and 
now, sullen, old, serviceable servant, it was he that was 
tit <**€. 

134 



END OF THE FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING 

The squire dropped down beside him on his knees and 
kissed his hand, crying like a child. 

" Be I going, doctor ?" he asked. 

"Tom, my man," said I, "you're going home." 

"I wish I had had a lick at them with the gun first," 
he replied. 

"Tom," said the squire, "say you forgive me, won'* 
you?" 

"Would that be respectful like, from me to you, 
squire?" was the answer. "Howsoever, so be it, 
amen ! " 

After a little while of silence, he said he thought some- 
body might read a prayer. "It's the custom, sir," he 
added, apologetically. And not long after, without an- 
other word, he passed away. 

In the meantime the captain, whom I had observed to 
be wonderfully swollen about the chest and pockets, had 
turned out a great many various stores — the British col- 
ours, a Bible, a coil of stoutish rope, pen, ink, the log- 
book, and pounds of tobacco. He had found a longish 
fir-tree lying felled and trimmed in the enclosure, and, 
with the help of Hunter, he had set it up at the corner 
of the log-house where the trunks crossed and made an 
angle. Then, climbing on the roof, he had with his own 
hand bent and run up the colours. 

This seemed mightily to relieve him. He re-entered 
the log-house, and set about counting up the stores, as 
if nothing else existed. But he had an eye on Tom's 
passage for all that; and as soon as all was over, came 
forward with another flag, and reverently spread it on 
the body. 

1 ■ Don't you take on, sir, " he said, shaking the squire's 
135 



TREASURE ISLAND 

hand. ''All's well with him; no fear for a hand that's 
been shot down in his duty to captain and owner. It 
mayn't be good divinity, but it's a fact." 

Then he pulled me aside. 

"Dr. Livesey," he said, "in how many weeks do 
you and squire expect the consort?" 

I told him it was a question, not of weeks, but of 
months ; that if we were not back by the end of August, 
Blandly was to send to find us ; but neither sooner nor 
later. "You can calculate for yourself," I said. 

"Why, yes," returned the captain, scratching his 
head, "and making a large allowance, sir, for all the 
gifts of Providence, I should say we were pretty close 
hauled." 

" How do you mean ? " I asked. 

"It's a pity, sir, we lost that second load. That's 
what I mean," replied the captain. "As for powder 
and shot, we'll do. But the rations are short, very 
short — so short, Doctor Livesey, that we're, perhaps, 
as well without that extra mouth." 

And he pointed to the dead body under the flag. 

Just then, with a roar and a whistle, a round-shot 
passed high above the roof of the log-house and plumped 
far beyond us in the wood. 

"Oho!" said the captain. "Blaze away! You've 
little enough powder already, my lads." 

At the second trial, the aim was better, and the ball 
descended inside the stockade, scattering a cloud of sand, 
but doing no further damage. 

"Captain," said the squire, "the house is quite in- 
visible from the ship. It must be the flag they are aim- 
ing at. Would it not be wiser to take it in ? " 

136 



END OF THE FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING 

"Strike my colours I" cried the captain. "No, sir, 
not I ; " and, as soon as he had said the words, I think 
we all agreed with him. For it was not only a piece 
of stout, seamanly, good feeling; it was good policy 
besides, and showed our enemies that we despised their 
cannonade. 

All through the evening they kept thundering away. 
Ball after ball flew over or fell short, or kicked up the 
sand in the enclosure ; but they had to fire so high that 
the shot fell dead and buried itself in the soft sand. We 
had no ricochet to fear; and though one popped in 
through the roof of the log-house and out again through 
the floor, we soon got used to that sort of horse-play, 
and minded it no more than cricket. 

"There is one thing good about all this," observed 
the captain: "the wood in front of us is likely clear. 
The ebb has made a good while ; our stores should be 
uncovered. Volunteers to go and bring in pork." 

Gray and Hunter were the first to come forward. 
Well armed, they stole out of the stockade; but it 
proved a useless mission. The mutineers were bolder 
than we fancied, or they put more trust in Israel's gun- 
nery. For four or five of them were busy carrying off 
our stores, and wading out with them to one of the 
gigs that lay close by, pulling an oar or so to hold her 
steady against the current. Silver was in the stern- 
sheets in command; and every man of them was now 
provided with a musket from some secret magazine of 
their own. 

The captain sat down to his log, and here is the be- 
ginning of the entry: — 

"Alexander Smollett, master; David Livesey, ship's 

m 



TREASURE ISLAND 

doctor; Abraham Gray, carpenter's mate ; JohnTrelaw- 
ney, owner; John Hunter and Richard Joyce, owner's 
servants, landsmen — being all that is left faithful of the 
ship's company — with stores for ten days at short ra- 
tions, came ashore this day, and flew British colours on 
the log-house in Treasure Island. Thomas Redruth, 
owner's servant, landsman, shot by the mutineers ; 
James Hawkins, cabin-boy " 

And at the same time I was wondering over poor Jim 
Hawkins's fate. 

A hail on the land side. 

"Somebody hailing us," said Hunter, who was on 
guard. 

"Doctor! squire! captain! Hullo, Hunter, is that 
you ? " came the cries. 

And I ran to the door in time to see Jim Hawkins, safe 
and sound, come climbing over the stockade. 



13B 



CHAPTER XIX 

NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS*. THE GARRISON IN 
THE STOCKADE 

As soon as Ben Gunn saw the colours he came to 
a halt, stopped me by the arm, and sat down. 

"Now," said he, " there's your friends, sure enough.'* 

" Far more likely it's the mutineers," I answered. 

" That! " he cried. "Why, in a place like this, where 
nobody puts in but gen'lemen of fortune, Silver would 
fly the Jolly Roger, you don't make no doubt of that. 
No ; that's your friends. There's been blows, too, and 
I reckon your friends has had the best of it; and here 
they are ashore in the old stockade, as was made years 
and years ago by Flint Ah, he was the man to have 
a headpiece, was Flint! Barring rum, his match were 
never seen. He were afraid of none, not he; on'y Sil- 
ver — Silver was that genteel." 

"Well," said I, "that may be so, and so be it; all 
the more reason that I should hurry on and join my 
friends." 

"Nay, mate," returned Ben, "not you. You're a 
good boy, or I'm mistook; but you're on'y a boy, all 
told. Now, Ben Gunn is fly. Rum wouldn't bring me 
there, where you're going — not rum wouldn't, till I see 
your born gen'leman, and gets it on his word of hon- 
our. And you won't forget my words: 'A precious 

t39 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sight (that's what you'll say), a precious sight more 
confidence ' — and then nips him." 

And he pinched me the third time with the same air 
of cleverness. 

"And when Ben Gunn is wanted, you know where 
to find him, Jim. Just wheer you found him to-day. 
And him that comes is to have a white thing in his 
hand : and he's to come alone. Oh I and you'll say this : 
* Ben Gunn,' says you, ' has reasons of his own.' " 

"Well," said I, "I believe I understand. You have 
something to propose, and you wish to see the squire 
or the doctor; and you're to be found where I found 
you. Is that all ? " 

"And when? says you," he added. "Why, from 
about noon observation to about six bells. " 

" Good," said I, " and now may I go ?" 

" You won't forget ? " he inquired, anxiously. " Pre- 
cious sight, and reasons of his own, says you. Reasons 
of his own; that's the mainstay; as between man and 
man. Well, then " — still holding me — "I reckon you 
can go, Jim. And, Jim, if you was to see Silver, you 
wouldn't go for to sell Ben Gunn ? wild horses wouldn't 
draw it from you ? No, says you. And if them pirates 
camp ashore, Jim, what would you say but there'd be 
widders in the morning ? " 

Here he was interrupted by a loud report, and a 
cannon ball came tearing through the trees and pitched 
in the sand, not a hundred yards from where we two 
were talking. The next moment each of us had taken 
to his heels in a different direction. 

For a good hour to come frequent reports shook the 
island, and balls kept crashing through the woods. I 

1 40 



THE GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE 

moved from hiding-place to hiding-place, always pur- 
sued, or so it seemed to me, by these terrifying missiles. 
But towards the end of the bombardment, though still I 
durst not venture in the direction of the stockade, where 
the balls fell oftenest, I had begun, in a manner, to pluck 
up my heart again ; and after a long detour to the east, 
crept down among the shore-side trees. 

The sun had just set, the sea breeze was rustling and 
tumbling in the woods, and ruffling the grey surface of 
the anchorage ; the tide, too, was far out, and great tracts 
of sand lay uncovered ; the air, after the heat of the day, 
chilled me through my jacket. 

The HiSpaniola still lay where she had anchored ; but, 
sure enough, there was the Jolly Roger — the black flag 
of piracy — flying from her peak. Even as I looked, 
there came another red flash and another report, that 
sent the echoes clattering, and one more round shot 
whistled through the air. It was the last of the can- 
nonade. 

I lay for some time, watching the bustle which suc- 
ceeded the attack. Men were demolishing something 
with axes on the beach near the stockade; the poor 
jolly-boat, I afterwards discovered. Away, near the 
mouth of the river, a great fire was glowing among the 
trees, and between that point and the ship one of the 
gigs kept coming and going, the men, whom I had seen 
so gloomy, shouting at the oars like children. But there 
was a sound in their voices which suggested rum. 

At length I thought I might return towards the stock- 
ade. I was pretty far down on the low, sandy spit that 
encloses the anchorage to the east, and is joined at half- 
water to Skeleton Island ; and now, as I rose to my feet 

141 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I saw, some distance further down the spit, and rising 
from among low bushes, an isolated rock, pretty high, 
and peculiarly white in colour. It occurred to me that 
this might be the white rock of which Ben Gunn had 
spoken, and that some day or other a boat might be 
wanted, and I should know where to look for one. 

Then I skirted among the woods until I had regained 
the rear, or shoreward side, of the stockade, and was 
soon warmly welcomed by the faithful party. 

I had soon told my story, and began to look about me. 
The log-house was made of unsquared trunks of pine 
— roof, walls, and floor. The latter stood in several 
places as much as a foot or a foot and a half above the 
surface of the sand. There was a porch at the door, 
and under this porch the little spring welled up into an 
artificial basin of a rather odd kind — no other than a 
great ship's kettle of iron, with the bottom knocked out, 
and sunk " to her bearings/' as the captain said, among 
the sand. 

Little had been left beside the framework of the house ; 
but in one corner there was a stone slab laid down by 
way of hearth, and an old rusty iron basket to contain 
the fire. 

The slopes of the knoll and all the inside of the stock- 
ade had been cleared of timber to build the house, and 
we could see by the stumps what a fine and lofty grove 
had been destroyed. Most of the soil had been w T ashed 
away or buried in drift after the removal of the trees ; 
only where the streamlet ran down from the kettle a 
thick bed of moss and some ferns and little creeping 
bushes were still green among the sand. Very close 
around the stockade — too close for defence, they said 

142 



THE GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE 

— the wood still flourished high and dense, all of fir on 
the land side, but towards the sea with a large admix- 
ture of live-oaks. 

The cold evening breeze, of which I have spoken, 
whistled through every chink of the rude building, and 
sprinkled the floor with a continual rain of fine sand. 
There was sand in our eyes, sand in our teeth, sand in 
our suppers, sand dancing in the spring at the bottom of 
the kettle, for all the world like porridge beginning to 
boil. Our chimney was a square hole in the roof; it 
was but a little part of the smoke that found its way- 
out, and the rest eddied about the house, and kept us 
coughing and piping the eye. 

Add to this that Gray, the new man, had his face tied 
up in a bandage for a cut he had got in breaking away 
from the mutineers; and that poor old Tom Redruth, 
still unburied, lay along the wall, stiff and stark, under 
the Union Jack. 

If we had been allowed to sit idle, we should all 
have fallen in the blues, but Captain Smollett was never 
the man for that. All hands were called up before him, 
and he divided us into watches. The doctor, and Gray, 
and I, for one; the squire, Hunter, and Joyce, upon the 
other. Tired though we all were, two were sent out 
for firewood; two more were set to dig a grave for 
Redruth ; the doctor was named cook ; I was put sentry 
at the door ; and the captain himself went from one to 
another, keeping up our spirits and lending a hand 
wherever it was wanted. 

From time to time the doctor came to the door for a little 
air and to rest his eyes, which were almost smoked out of 
his head ; and whenever he did so, he had a word for me. 

143 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"That man Smollett," he said once, "is a better man 
than I am. And when I say that it means a deal, Jim." 

Another time he came and was silent for a while. 
Then he put his head on one side, and looked at me. 

"Is this Ben Gunn a man ?" he asked. 

"I do not know, sir," said I. " I am not very sure 
whether he's sane." 

"If there's any doubt about the matter, he is," re- 
turned the doctor. " A man who has been three years 
biting his nails on a desert island, Jim, can't expect to 
appear as sane as you or me. It doesn't lie in human 
nature. Was it cheese you said he had a fancy for ? " 

"Yes, sir, cheese," I answered. 

" Well, Jim," says he, "just seethe good that comes 
of being dainty in your food. You've seen my snuff- 
box, haven't you ? And you never saw me take snuflF; 
the reason being that in my snuff-box I carry a piece of 
Parmesan cheese — a cheese made in Italy, very nutri- 
tious. Well, that's for Ben Gunn! " 

Before supper was eaten we buried old Tom in the 
sand, and stood round him for a while bare-headed in 
the breeze. A good deal of firewood had been got in, 
but not enough for the captain's fancy; and he shook 
his head over it, and told us we " must get back to this 
to-morrow rather livelier." Then, when we had eaten 
our pork, and each had a good stiff glass of brandy 
grog, the three chiefs got together in a corner to discuss 
our prospects. 

It appears they were at their wit's end what to do, 
the stores being so low that we must have been starved 
into surrender long before help came. But our best 
hope, it was decided, was to kill off the buccaneers un- 

144 



THE GARRISON IN THE STOCKADE 

til they either hauled down their flag or ran away with 
the Hispaniola. From nineteen they were already re- 
duced to fifteen, two others were wounded, and one, 
at least — the man shot beside the gun — severely 
wounded, if he were not dead. Every time we had a 
crack at them, we were to take it, saving our own lives, 
with the extremest care. And, besides that, we had 
two able allies — rum and the climate. 

As for the first, though we were about half a mile 
away, we could hear them roaring and singing late into 
the night; and as for the second, the doctor staked his 
wig that, camped where they were in the marsh, and 
unprovided with remedies, the half of them would be 
on their backs before a week. 

" So," he added, " if we are not all shot down first, 
they'll be glad to be packing in the schooner. It's al- 
ways a ship, and they can get to buccaneering again, I 
suppose." 

"First ship that ever I lost," said Captain Smollett. 

I was dead tired, as you may fancy ; and when I got 
to sleep, which was not till after a great deal of tossing, 
I slept like a log of wood. 

The rest had long been up, and had already break- 
fasted and increased the pile of firewood by about half 
as much again, when I was wakened by a bustle and 
the sound of voices. 

"Flag of truce!" I heard some one say; and then, 
immediately after, with a cry of surprise, "Silver him- 
self!" 

And, at that, up I jumped, and, rubbing my eyes, ran 
to a loophole in the wall 



'45 



CHAPTER XX 

silver's embassy 

Sure enough, there were two men just outside the 
stockade, one of them waving a white cloth ; the other, 
no less a person than Silver himself, standing placidly by. 

It was still quite early, and the coldest morning that 
I think I ever was abroad in ; a chill that pierced into the 
marrow. The sky was bright and cloudless overhead, 
and the tops of the trees shone rosily in the sun. But 
where Silver stood with his lieutenant all was still in 
shadow, and they waded knee deep in a low, white 
vapour that had crawled during the night out of the 
morass. The chill and the vapour taken together told a 
poor tale of the island. It was plainly a damp, feverish, 
unhealthy spot. 

" Keep indoors, men," said the captain. " Ten to ©fie 
this is a trick." 

Then he hailed the buccaneer. 

" Who goes ? Stand, or we fire." 

"Flag of truce," cried Silver. 

The captain was in the porch, keeping himself care- 
fully out of the way of a treacherous shot should any be 
intended. He turned and spoke to us : 

* ' Doctor's watch on the look out. Dr. Livesey, take 
the north side, if you please; Jim, the east; Gray, west. 



SILVER'S EMBASSY 

The watch below, all hands to load muskets. Lively, 
men, and careful." 

And then he turned again to the mutineers. 

"And what do you want with your flag of truce?" 
he cried. 

This time it was the other man who replied. 

"Cap'n Silver, sir, to come on board and make 
terms," he shouted. 

" Cap'n Silver! Don't know him. Who's he ? " cried 
the captain. And we could hear him adding to himself: 
" Cap'n, is it ? My heart, and here's promotion! " 

Long John answered for himself. 

"Me, sir. These poor lads have chosen me cap'n, 
after your desertion, sir" — laying a particular emphasis 
upon the word * ' desertion. " ' ' We're willing to submit, 
if we can come to terms, and no bones about it. All I 
ask is your word, Cap'n Smollett, to let me safe and 
sound out of this here stockade, and one minute to get 
out o' shot before a gun is fired." 

"My man," said Captain Smollett, "I have not the 
slightest desire to talk to you. If you wish to talk to 
me, you can come, that's all. If there's any treachery, 
it'll be on your side, and the Lord help you." 

" That's enough, cap'n," shouted Longjohn, cheerily. 
" A word from you's enough. 1 know a gentleman, and 
you may lay to that." 

We could see the man who carried the flag of truce 
attempting to hold Silver back. Nor was that wonder- 
ful, seeing how cavalier had been the captain's answer. 
But Silver laughed at him aloud, and slapped him on 
the back, as if the idea of alarm had been absurd. Then 
he advanced to the stockade, threw over his crutch, got 

147 



TREASURE ISLAND 

a leg up, and with great vigour and skill succeeded in 
surmounting the fence and dropping safely to the other 
side. 

I will confess that I was far too much taken up with 
what was going on to be of the slightest use as sentry; 
indeed, I had already deserted my eastern loophole, and 
crept up behind the captain, who had now seated him- 
self on the threshold, with his elbows on his knees, his 
head in his hands, and his eyes fixed on the water, as it 
bubbled out of the old iron kettle in the sand. He was 
whistling to himself, "Come, Lasses and Lads." 

Silver had terrible hard work getting up the knoll. 
What with the steepness of the incline, the thick tree 
stumps, and the soft sand, he and his crutch were as 
helpless as a ship in stays. But he stuck to it like a man 
in silence, and at last arrived before the captain, whom 
he saluted in the handsomest style. He was tricked out 
in his best; an immense blue coat, thick with brass but- 
tons, hung as low as to his knees, and a fine laced hat 
was set on the back of his head. 

"Here you are, my man," said the captain, raising 
his head. " You had better sit down." 

"You ain't a-going to let me inside, cap'n?" com- 
plained Long John. "It's a main cold morning, to be 
sure, sir, to sit outside upon the sand." 

"Why, Silver," said the captain, "if you had pleased 
to be an honest man, you might have been sitting in 
your galley. It's your own doing. You're either my 
ship's cook — and then you were treated handsome — or 
Cap'n Silver, a common mutineer and pirate, and then 
you can go hang!" 

"Well, well, cap'n," returned the sea cook, sitting 



SILVER'S EMBASSY 

down as he was bidden on the sand, "you'll have to 
give me a hand up again, that's all. A sweet pretty 
place you have of it here. Ah, there's Jim ! The top of 
the morning to you, Jim. Doctor, here's my service. 
Why, there you all are together like a happy family, ir\ 
a manner of speaking." 

" If you have anything to say, my man, better say it,'* 
said the captain. 

"Right you were, Cap'n Smollett," replied Silver, 
"Dooty is dooty, to be sure. Well, now, you look 
here, that was a good lay of yours last night. I don't 
deny it was a good lay. Some of you pretty handy 
with a handspike-end. And I'll not deny neither but 
what some of my people was shook — maybe all was 
shook; maybe I was shook myself; maybe that's why 
I'm here for terms. But you mark me, cap'n, it won't 
do twice, by thunder! We'll have to do sentry-go, and 
ease off a point or so on the rum. Maybe you think we 
were all a sheet in the wind's eye. But I'll tell you I 
was sober; I was on'y dog tired; and if I'd awoke a 
second sooner I'd 'a' caught you at the act, I would. 
He wasn't dead when I got round to him, not he." 

"Well ?" says Captain Smollett, as cool as can be. 

All that Silver said was a riddle to him, but you would 
never have guessed it from his tone. As for me, I began 
to have an inkling. Ben Gunn's last words came back 
to my mind. I began to suppose that he had paid the 
buccaneers a visit while they all lay drunk together round 
their fire, and I reckoned up with glee that we had only 
fourteen enemies to deal with. 

4 ' Well, here it is, " said Silver. ' ' We want that treas- 
ure, and we'll have it — that's our point! You would 

149 



TREASURE ISLAND 

just as soon save your lives, I reckon ; and ttiat's yours. 
You have a chart, haven't you ? " 

" That's as may be," replied the captain. 

"Oh, well, you have, I know that," returned Long 
John. "You needn't be so husky with a man; there 
ain't a particle of service in that, and you may lay to it 
What I mean is, we want your chart. Now, I never 
meant you no harm, myself/' 

"That won't do with me, my man," interrupted the 
captain. "We know exactly what you meant to do, 
and we don't care; for now, you see, you can't do it." 

And the captain looked at him calmly, and proceeded 
to fill a pipe. 

" If Abe Gray " Silver broke out. 

" Avast there! " cried Mr. Smollett. " Gray told me 
nothing, and I asked him nothing; and what's more, I 
would see you and him and this whole island blown 
clean out of the water into blazes first. So there's my 
mind for you, my man, on that." 

This little whiff of temper seemed to cool Silver down. 
He had been growing nettled before, but now he pulled 
himself together. 

"Like enough," said he. "I would set no limits to 
what gentlemen might consider shipshape, or might not, 
as the case were. And, seein' as how you are about to 
take a pipe, cap'n, I'll make so free as do likewise." 

And he filled a pipe and lighted it; and the two men 
sat silently smoking for quite a while, now looking each 
other in the face, now stopping their tobacco, now lean- 
ing forward to spit. It was as good as the play to see 
them. 

"Now," resumed Silver, "here it is. Yo« give us 



SILVER'S EMBASSY 

the chart to get the treasure by, and drop shooting poor 
seamen, and stoving of their heads in while asleep. You 
do that, and we'll offer you a choice. Either you come 
aboard along of us, once the treasure shipped, and then 
111 give you my affy-davy, upon my word of honour, 
to clap you somewhere safe ashore. Or, if that ain't to 
your fancy, some of my hands being rough, and having 
old scores, on account of hazing, then you can stay 
here, you can. We'll divide stores with you, man for 
man ; and I'll give my afify-davy, as before, to speak the 
first ship I sight, and send 'em here to pick you up. 
Now you'll own that's talking. Handsomer you couldn't 
look to get, not you. And I hope" — raising his voice 
— ' ' that all hands in this here block-house will over- 
haul my words, for what is spoke to one is spoke to 
all" 

Captain Smollett rose from his seat, and knocked out 
the ashes of his pipe in the palm of his left hand, 

"is that all?" he asked. 

"Every last word, by thunder!" answered John. 
"Refuse that, and you've seen the last of me but mus- 
ket-balls." 

"Very good," said the captain. "Now you'll hear 
me. If you'll come up one by one, unarmed, I'll engage 
to clap you all in irons, and take you home to a fair trial 
in England. If you won't, my name is Alexander Smol- 
lett, I've flown my sovereign's colours, and I'll see you 
all to Davy Jones. You can't find the treasure. You 
can't sail the ship — there's not a man among you fit 
to sail the ship. You can't fight us — Gray, there, got 
away from five of you. Your ship's in irons, Master 
Silver; you're on a lee shore, and so you'll find. I 

151 



TREASURE ISLAND 

stand here and tell you so; and they're the last good 
words you'H get from me ; for, in the name of heaven, 
I'll put a bullet in your back when next I meet you. 
Tramp, my lad. Bundle out of this, please, hand over 
hand, and double quick." 

Silver's face was a picture; his eyes started in his 
head with wrath. He shook the fire out of his pipe. 

" Give me a hand up ! " he cried. 

"Not I," returned the captain. 

" Who'll give me a hand up ? " he roared. 

Not a man among us moved. Growling the foulest 
imprecations, he crawled along the sand till he got hold 
of the porch and could hoist himself again upon his 
crutch. Then he spat into the spring. 

"There ! " he cried, " that's what I think of ye. Be- 
fore an hour's out, I'll stove in your old block-house like 
a rum puncheon. Laugh, by thunder, laugh ! Before 
an hour's out, ye'll laugh upon the other side. Them 
that die'll be the lucky ones." 

And with a dreadful oath he stumbled off, ploughed 
down the sand, was helped across the stockade, after 
four or five failures, by the man with the flag of truce, 
and disappeared in an instant afterwards among the 
trees. 



*5i 



CHAPTER XXI 

THE ATTACK 

As soon as Silver disappeared, the captain, who had 
been closely watching him, turned towards the interior 
of the house, and found not a man of us at his post 
but Gray. It was the first time we had ever seen him 
angry. 

" Quarters !" he roared. And then, as we all slunk 
back to our places, "Gray," he said, "I'll put your 
name in the log; you've stood by your duty like a sea- 
man. Mr. Trelawney, I'm surprised at you, sir. Doc- 
tor, 1 thought you had worn the king's coat ! If that 
was how you served at Fontenoy, sir, you'd have been 
better in your berth." 

The doctor's watch were all back at their loopholes, 
the rest were busy loading the spare muskets, and every 
one with a red face, you may be certain, and a flea in 
his ear, as the saying is. 

The captain looked on for a while in silence. Then 
he spoke. 

"My lads," said he, "I've given Silver a broadside. 
1 pitched it in red-hot on purpose ; and before the hour's 
out, as he said, we shall be boarded. We're outnum- 
bered, I needn't tell you that, but we fight in shelter; 
and, a minute ago, I should have said we fought with 

5*3 



TREASURE ISLAND 

discipline* I've no manner of doubt that we can drub 
them, if you choose/' 

Then he went the rounds, and saw, as he said, that 
all was clear. 

On the two short sides of the house, east and west, 
there were only two loopholes ; on the south side where 
the porch was, two again ; and on the north side, five. 
There was a round score of muskets for the seven of us ; 
the firewood had been built into four piles — tables, you 
might say — one about the middle of each side, and on 
each of these tables some ammunition and four loaded 
muskets were laid ready to the hand of the defenders. 
In the middle, the cutlasses lay ranged. 

"Toss out the fire/' said the captain; "the chill is 
past, and we musn't have smoke in our eyes." 

The iron fire basket was carried bodily out by Mr. 
Trelawney, and the embers smothered among sand. 

" Hawkins hasn't had his breakfast. Hawkins, help 
yourself, and back to your post to eat it," continued 
Captain Smollett. "Lively, now, my lad; you'll want 
it before you've done. Hunter, serve out a round of 
brandy to all hands." 

And while this was going on, the captain completed, 
in his own mind, the plan of the defence. 

" Doctor, you will take the door," he resumed. "See, 
and don't expose yourself; keep within, and fire through 
the porch. Hunter, take the east side, there. Joyce, 
you stand by the west, my man. Mr. Trelawney, you 
are the best shot — you and Gray will take this long north 
side, with the five loopholes ; it's there the danger is. 
If they can get up to it, and fire in upon us through our 
own ports, things would begin to look dirty. Haw- 

154 



THE ATTACK 

kins, neither you nor I are much account at the shoot- 
ing; we'll stand by to load and bear a hand." 

As the captain had said, the chill was past. As soon 
as the sun had climbed above our girdle of trees, it fell 
with all its force upon the clearing, and drank up the 
vapours at a draught. Soon the sand was baking, and 
the resin melting in the logs of the blockhouse. Jackets 
and coats were flung aside ; shirts thrown open at the 
neck, and rolled up to the shoulders; and we stood 
there, each at his post, in a fever of heat and anxiety. 

An hour passed away. 

" Hang them ! " said the captain. " This is as dull as 
the doldrums. Gray, whistle for a wind." 

And just at that moment came the first news of the 
attack. 

" If you please, sir," said Joyce, "if I see any one am 
I to fire? " 

" I told you so! " cried the captain. 

" Thank you, sir, " returned Joyce, with the same quiet 
civility. 

Nothing followed for a time ; but the remark had set 
us all on the alert, straining ears and eyes — the mus- 
keteers with their pieces balanced in their hands, the 
captain out in the middle of the block-house, with his 
mouth very tight and a frown on his face. 

So some seconds passed, till suddenly Joyce whipped 
up his musket and fired. The report had scarcely died 
away ere it was repeated and repeated from without in 
a scattering volley, shot behind shot, like a string of 
geese, from every side of the enclosure. Several bullets 
struck the log-house, but not one entered; and, as the 
smoke cleared away and vanished, the stockade and 

155 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the woods around it looked as quiet and empty as be- 
fore. Not a bough waved, not the gleam of a musket- 
barrel betrayed the presence of our foes. 

" Did you hit your man ? " asked the captain. 

"No, sir," replied Joyce. " I believe not, sir." 

"Next best thing to tell the truth," muttered Captain 
Smollett "Load his gun, Hawkins. How many 
should you say there were on your side, doctor ? " 

" I know precisely," said Dr. Livesey. "Three shots 
were fired on this side. I saw the three flashes — two 
close together — one farther to the west." 

"Three!" repeated the captain. "And how many 
on yours, Mr. Trelawney ? " 

But this was not so easily answered. There had 
come many from the north — seven, by the squire's 
computation ; eight or nine, according to Gray. From 
the east and west only a single shot had been fired. It 
was plain, therefore, that the attack would be developed 
from the north, and that on the other three sides we 
were only to be annoyed by a show of hostilities. But 
Captain Smollett made no change in his arrangements. 
If the mutineers succeeded in crossing the stockade, he 
argued, they would take possession of any unprotected 
loophole, and shoot us down like rats in our own strong- 
hold. 

Nor had we much time left to us for thought. Sud- 
denly, with a loud huzza, a little cloud of pirates leaped 
from the woods on the north side, and ran straight on 
the stockade. At the same moment, the fire was once 
more opened from the woods, and a rifle ball sang 
through the doorway, and knocked the doctor's musket 
into bits. 

156 



THE ATTACK 

The boarders swarmed over the fence like monkeys. 
Squire and Gray fired again and yet again ; three men 
fell, one forwards into the enclosure, two back on the 
outside. But of these, one was evidently more fright- 
ened than hurt, for he was on his feet again in a crack, 
and instantly disappeared among the trees. 

Two had bit the dust, one had fled, four had made 
good their footing inside our defences ; while from the 
shelter of the woods seven or eight men, each evidently 
supplied with several muskets, kept up a hot though 
useless fire on the log-house. 

The four who had boarded made straight before them 
for the building, shouting as they ran, and the men 
among the trees shouted back to encourage them. Sev- 
eral shots were fired; but, such was the hurry of the 
marksmen, not one appears to have taken effect. In a 
moment, the four pirates had swarmed up the mound 
and were upon us. 

The head of job Anderson, the boatswain, appeared 
at the middle loophole. 

"At 'em, all hands — all hands! " he roared, in a voice 
of thunder. 

At the same moment,, another pirate grasped Hunter's 
musket by the muzzle, wrenched it from his hands, 
plucked it through the loophole, and, with one stunning 
blow, laid the poor fellow senseless on the floor. Mean- 
while a third, running unharmed all round the house, 
appeared suddenly in the doorway, and fell with his 
cutlass on the doctor. 

Our position was utterly reversed. A moment since 
we were firing, under cover, at an exposed enemy; now it 
was we who lay uncovered, and could not return a Mow. 

157 



TREASURE ISLAN© 

The log-house was full of smoke, to which we owed 
@uy comparative safety. Cries and confusion, the flashes 
and reports of pistol shots, and one loud groan, rang in 
my ears. 

"Out, lads, out, and fight 'em in the open! Cut- 
lasses! " cried the captain. 

I snatched a cutlass from the pile, and some ©ne, at 
the same time snatching another, gave me a cut across 
the knuckles which I hardly felt. I dashed out of the 
door into the clear sunlight. Some one was close be- 
hind, 1 knew not whom. Right in front, the doctor 
was pursuing his assailant down the hill, and, just as 
my eyes fell upon him, beat down his guard, and sent 
him sprawling on his back, with a great slash across the 
face. 

" Round the house, lads! round the house! " cried the 
captain ; and even in the hurly-burly 1 perceived a change 
in his voice. 

Mechanically, I obeyed, turned eastwards, and with 
my cutlass raised, ran round the corner of the house. 
Next moment I was face to face with Anderson. He 
roared aloud, and his hanger went up above his head, 
flashing in the sunlight. I had not time to be afraid, but, 
as the blow still hung impending, leaped in a trice upon 
one side, and missing my foot in the soft sand, rolled 
headlong down the slope. 

When 1 had first sallied from the door, the other mu- 
tineers had been already swarming up the palisade to 
make an end of us. One man, in a red night-cap, with 
his cutlass in his mouth, had even got upon the top and 
thrown a leg across. Well, so short had been the in- 
terval, that when I found my feet again aH was in the 

158 




"GRAY, FOLLOWING CLOSE BEHIND ME, HAD CUT DOWN THE 
BIG BOATSWAIN" 



THE ATTACK 

same posture, the fellow with the red night-cap still 
halfway over, another still just showing his head above 
the top of the stockade. And yet, in this breath of time, 
the fight was over, and the victory was ours. 

Gray, following close behind me, had cut down the 
big boatswain ere he had time to recover from his lost 
blow. Another had been shot at a loophole in the very 
act of firing into the house, and now lay in agony, the 
pistol stifl smoking in his hand. A third, as I had seen, 
the doctor had disposed of at a blow. Of the four who 
had scaled the palisade, one only remained unaccounted 
for, and he, having left his cutlass on the field, was now 
clambering out again with the fear of death upon him. 

"Fire — fire from the house! " cried the doctor. "And 
you, lads, back into cover. " 

But his words were unheeded, no shot was fired, and 
the last boarder made good his escape, and disappeared 
with the rest into the wood. In three seconds nothing 
remained of the attacking party but the five who had 
fallen, four on the inside, and one on the outside, of the 
paKsade. 

The doctor and Gray and I ran full speed for shelter. 
The survivors would soon be back where they had left 
their muskets, and at any moment the fire might recom- 
mence. 

The house was by this time somewhat cleared of 
smoke, and we saw at a glance the price we had paid 
for victory. Hunter lay beside his loophole, stunned; 
Joyce by his, shot through the head, never to move 
again ; while right in the centre, the squire was support- 
ing the captain, one as pale as the other. 

"The captain's wounded/' said Mr. Trelawney. 
159 



TREASURE ISLAND 

tl Have they run ? " asked Mr. Smollett 

"All that could, you may be bound," returned the 
doctor; "but there's five of them will never run again.'' 

1 ' Five ! " cried the captain. ' ' Come, that's better. Five 
against three leaves us four to nine. That's better odds 
than we had at starting. We were seven to nineteen 
then, or thought we were, and that's as bad to bear." * 

* The mutineers were soon only eight in number, for the man shot by 
Mr. Trelawney on board the schooner died that same evening of his 
wound. But this was, of course, not known till after by the faithful 
party. 



tm 



PART V 

MY SEA ADVENTURE 



CHAPTER XXII 

HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN 

THERE was no return of the mutineers — not so 
much as another shot out of the woods. They 
had " got their rations for that day " as the captain put it, 
and we had the place to ourselves and a quiet time to 
overhaul the wounded and get dinner. Squire and I 
cooked outside in spite of the danger, and even outside 
we could hardly tell what we were at, for horror of the 
loud groans that reached us from the doctor's patients. 

Out of the eight men who had fallen in the action, 
only three still breathed — that one of the pirates who 
had been shot at the loophole, Hunter, and Captain 
Smollett; and of these the first two were as good as 
dead; the mutineer, indeed, died under the doctor's 
knife, and Hunter, do what we could, never recovered 
consciousness in this world. He lingered all day, breath- 
ing loudly like the old buccaneer at home in his apo- 
plectic fit; but the bones of his chest had been crushed 
by the blow and his skull fractured in falling, and some 
time in the following night, without sign or sound, he 
went to his Maker. 

As for the captain, his wounds were grievous indeed, 
but not dangerous. No organ was fatally injured. An- 
derson's bail — for it was Job that shot him first — had 

163 



TREASURE ISLAND 

broken his shoulder-blade and touched the lung, not 
badly; the second had only torn and displaced some 
muscles in the calf. He was sure to recover, the doctor 
said, but in the meantime and for weeks to come, he 
must not walk nor move his arm, nor so much as speak 
when he could help it. 

My own accidental cut across the knuckles was a flea- 
bite. Doctor Livesey patched it up with plaster, and 
pulled my ears for me into the bargain. 

After dinner the squire and the doctor sat by the cap- 
tain's side a while in consultation ; and when they had 
talked to their hearts' content, it being then a little past 
noon, the doctor took up his hat and pistols, girt on a 
cutlass, put the chart in his pocket, and with a musket 
over his shoulder, crossed the palisade on the north side, 
and set off briskly through the trees. 

Gray and I were sitting together at the far end of the 
block-house, to be out of earshot of our officers con- 
sulting ; and Gray took his pipe out of his mouth and 
fairly forgot to put it back again, so thunder-struck he 
was at this occurrence. 

" Why, in the name of Davy Jones/' said he, " is Dr. 
Livesey mad ? " 

' ' Why, no, " says I. ' ' He's about the last of this crew 
for that, I take it." 

" Well, shipmate," said Gray, "mad he may not be; 
but if he's not, you mark my words, I am." 

"I take it," replied I, "the doctor has his idea; and 
if I am right, he's going now to see Ben Gunn."' 

I was right, as appeared later ; but, in the meantime, 
the house being stifling hot, and the little patch of sand 
inside the palisade ablaze with midday sun, I began to 



HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN 

get another thought into my head, which was not by 
any means so right. What I began to do was to envy 
the doctor, walking in the cool shadow of the woods, 
with the birds about him, and the pleasant smell of the 
pines, while I sat grilling, with my clothes stuck to the 
hot resin, and so much blood about me, and so many 
poor dead bodies lying all around, that 1 took a disgust 
of the place that was almost as strong as fear. 

All the time I was washing out the block-house, and 
then washing up the things from dinner, this disgust 
and envy kept growing stronger and stronger, till at 
last, being near a bread-bag, and no one then observing 
me, I took the first step towards my escapade, and filled 
both pockets of my coat with biscuit. 

1 was a fool, if you like, and certainly I was going to 
do a foolish, over-bold act; but I was determined to do 
it with all the precautions in my power. These biscuits, 
should anything befall me, would keep me, at least, from 
starving till far on in the next day. 

The next thing I laid hold of was a brace of pistols, 
and as I already had a powder-horn and bullets, I felt 
myself well supplied with arms. 

As for the scheme I had in my head, it was not a bad 
one in ftseIC I was to go down the sandy spit that 
divides the anchorage on the east from the open sea, 
find the white rock I had observed last evening, and 
ascertain whether it was there or not that Ben Gunn 
had hidden his boat; a thing quite worth doing, as I 
still believe. But as I was certain I should not be al- 
lowed to leave the enclosure, my only plan was to take 
French leave, and slip out when nobody was watching; 
and that was so bad a way of doing it as made the thing 

165 



TREASURE ISLAND 

itself wrong. But I was only a boy, and I had made my 
mind up. 

Well, as things at last fell out, I found an admirable 
opportunity. The squire and Gray were busy helping 
the captain with his bandages; the coast was clear; I 
made a bolt for it over the stockade and into the thickest 
of the trees, and before my absence was observed I was 
out of cry of my companions. 

This was my second folly, far worse than the first, as 
I left but two sound men to guard the house; but like 
the first, it was a help towards saving all of us. 

I took my way straight for the east coast of the isl- 
and, for I was determined to go down the sea side of 
the spit to avoid all chance of observation from the an- 
chorage. It was already late in the afternoon, although 
still warm and sunny. As I continued to thread the tall 
woods I could hear from far before me not only the con- 
tinuous thunder of the surf, but a certain tossing of foli- 
age and grinding of boughs which showed me the sea 
breeze had set in higher than usual. Soon cool draughts 
of air began to reach me ; and a few steps farther I came 
forth into the open borders of the grove, and saw the sea 
lying blue and sunny to the horizon, and the surf tum- 
bling and tossing its foam along the beach. 

! have never seen the sea quiet round Treasure Island. 
The sun might blaze overhead, the air be without a 
breath, the surface smooth and blue, but still these great 
rollers would be running along all the external coast, 
thundering and thundering by day and night; and I 
scarce believe there is one spot in the island where a 
man would be out of earshot of their noise. 

I walked along beside the surf with great er^Cfpment, 

1 66 



HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN 

till, thinking I was now got far enough to the sooth, I 
took the cover of some thick bushes, and crept warily 
up to the ridge of the spit. 

Behind me was the sea, in front the anchorage. The 
sea breeze, as though it had the sooner blown itself out 
by its unusual violence, was already at an end; it had 
been succeeded by light, variable airs from the south and 
south-east, carrying great banks of fog ; and the anchor- 
age, under lee of Skeleton Island, lay still and leaden as 
when first we entered it. The Hispaniola, in that un- 
broken mirror, was exactly portrayed from the truck to 
the water-line, the Jolly Roger hanging from her peak. 

Alongside lay one of the gigs, Silver in the stern-sheets 

— him I could always recognise — while a couple of 
men were leaning over the stern bulwarks, one of them 
with a red cap — the very rogue that I had seen some 
hours before stride-legs upon the palisade. Apparently 
they were talking and laughing, though at that distance 

— upwards of a mile — I could, of course, hear no word 
of what was said. All at once, there began the most 
horrid, unearthly screaming, which at first startled me 
badly, though I had soon remembered the voice of Cap- 
tain Flint, and even thought I could make out the bird 
by her bright plumage as she sat perched upon her 
master's wrist 

Soon after the jolly-boat shoved off and pulled for 
shore, and the man with the red cap and his comrade 
went below by the cabin companion. 

Just about the same time the sun had gone down be- 
hind the Spy-glass, and as the fog was collecting rapidly, 
it began to grow dark in earnest. I saw I must lose no 
time if 1 were to find the boat that evening. 

167 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The white rack, visible enough above the brush, was 
still some eighth of a mile further down the spit, and it 
took me a goodish while to get up with it, crawling, often 
on all-foors, among the scrub. Night had almost come 
when I laid my hand on its rough sides. Right below 
it there was an exceedingly small hollow of green turf, 
hidden by banks and a thick underwood about knee- 
deep, that grew there very plentifully ; and in the centre 
of the dell, sure enough, a little tent of goat-skins, like 
what the gipsies carry about with them in England. 

I dropped into the hollow, lifted the side of the tent, 
and there was Ben Gunn's boat — home-made if ever 
anything was home-made : a rude, lop-sided framework 
of tough wood, and stretched upon that a covering of 
goat-skin, with the hair inside. The thing was extremely 
small, even for me, and I can hardly imagine that it could 
have floated with a foil-sized man. There was one 
thwart set as low as possible, a kind of stretcher in the 
bows, and a double paddle for propulsion. 

I had not then seen a coracle, such as the ancient 
Britons made, but I have seen one since, and I can give 
you no fairer idea of Ben Gunn's boat than by saying 
it was like the first and the worst coracle ever made 
by man. But the great advantage of the coracle it cer- 
tainly possessed, for it was exceedingly fight and port- 
able. 

Well, now that I had found the boat, you would have 
thought I had had enough of truantry for once; but, 
in the meantime, I had taken another notion, and become 
so obstinately fond of it, that I would have carried it out, 
I believe, in the teeth of Captain Smollett himself. This 
was to slip out under cover of the night, cut the HiSpan- 

168 



HOW MY SEA ADVENTURE BEGAN 

tola adrift, and let her go ashore where she fancied. I 
had quite made up my mind that the mutineers, after 
their repulse of the morning, had nothing nearer their 
hearts than to up anchor and away to sea ; this, I thought, 
it would be a fine thing to prevent, and now that I had 
seen how they left their watchmen unprovided with a 
boat, I thought it might be done with little risk. 

Down I sat to wait for darkness, and made a hearty 
meal of biscuit. It was a night out of ten thousand for 
my purpose. The fog had now buried all heaven. As 
the last rays of daylight dwindled and disappeared, abso- 
lute blackness settled down on Treasure Island. And 
when, at last, 1 shouldered the coracle, and groped my 
way stumblingly out of the hollow where I had supped, 
there were but two points visible on the whole anchorage. 

One was the great fire on shore, by which the defeated 
pirates lay carousing in the swamp. The other, a mere 
blur of light upon the darkness, indicated the position of 
the anchored ship. She had swung round to the ebb — 
her bow was now towards me-— the only lights on 
board were in the cabin ; and what I saw was merely a 
reflection on the fog of the strong rays that flowed from 
the stern window. 

The ebb had already run some time, and I had to 
Wade through a long belt of swampy sand, where I sank 
several times above the ankle, before I came to the edge 
of the retreating water, and wading a little way in, with 
some strength and dexterity, set my coracle, keel down- 
wards, on the surface. 



169 



CHAPTER XXIII 

THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 

The coracle — as I had ample reason to know before I 

was done with her — was a very safe boat for a person 
of my height and weight, both buoyant and clever in a 
seaway ; but she was the most cross-grained lop-sided 
craft to manage. Do as you pleased, she always made 
more leeway than anything else, and turning round and 
round was the manoeuvre she was best at. Even Ben 
Gunn himself has admitted that she was "queer to 
handle till you knew her way." 

Certainly I did not know her way. She turned in 
every direction but the one I was bound to go; the 
most part of the time we were broadside on, and I am 
very sure I never should have made the ship at all but 
for the tide. By good fortune, paddle as I pleased, the 
tide was still sweeping me down ; and there lay the 
Hispaniola right in the fair way, hardly to be missed. 

First she loomed before me like a blot of something 
yet blacker than darkness, then her spars and hull began 
to take shape, and the next moment, as it seemed (for, 
the further I went, the brisker grew the current of the 
ebb), I was alongside of her hawser, and had laid hold. 

The hawser was as taut as a bowstring, and the cur- 
rent so strong she pulled upon her anchor. AH round 

170 



THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 

the hull, in the blackness, the rippling current bubbled 
and chattered like a little mountain stream. One cut 
with my sea-gully, and the Htspantola would go hum- 
ming down the tide. 

So far so good ; but it next occurred to my recollec- 
tion that a taut hawser, suddenly cut, is a thing as dan- 
gerous as a kicking horse. Ten to one, if I were so 
foolhardy as to cut the Htspantola from her anchor, I 
and the coracle would be knocked clean out of the water. 

This brought me to a full stop, and if fortune had not 
again particularly favoured me, I should have had to 
abandon my design. But the light airs which had be- 
gun blowing from the south-east and south had hauled 
round after nightfall into the south-west. Just while I 
was meditating, a puff came, caught the Htspantola, and 
forced her up into the current; and to my great joy, I felt 
the hawser slacken in my grasp, and the hand by which 
I held it dip for a second under water. 

With that I made my mind up, took out my gully, 
opened it with my teeth, and cut one strand after an- 
other, till the vessel swung only by two. Then I lay 
quiet, waiting to sever these last when the strain should 
be once more lightened by a breath of wind. 

All this time I had heard the sound of loud voices from 
the cabin ; but, to say truth, my mind had been so en- 
tirely taken up with other thoughts that I had scarcely 
given ear. Now, however, when I had nothing else to 
do, I began to pay more heed. 

One I recognised for the coxswain's, Israel Hands, 
that had been Flint's gunner in former days. The other 
was, of course, my friend of the red night-cap. Both 
men were plainly the worse of drink, and they were 

171 



TREASURE ISLAND 

still drinking; for, even while I was listening, one of 
them, with a drunken cry, opened the stern window 
and threw out something, which I divined to be an 
empty bottle. But they were not only tipsy; it was 
plain that they were furiously angry. Oaths flew like 
hailstones, and every now and then there came forth 
such an explosion as I thought was sure to end in 
blows. But each time the quarrel passed off, and the 
voices grumbled lower for a while, until the next crisis 
came, and, in its turn, passed away without result. 

On shore, I could see the glow of the great camp fire 
burning warmly through the shore-side trees. Some 
one was singing, a dull, old, droning sailor's song, with 
a droop and a quaver at the end of every verse, and 
seemingly no end to it at all but the patience of the 
singer. I had heard it on the voyage more than once, 
and remembered these words: 

" But one man of her crew alive, 
What put to sea with seventy-five." 

And I thought it was a ditty rather too dolefully appro- 
priate for a company that had met such cruel losses in 
the morning. But, indeed, from what I saw, all these 
buccaneers were as callous as the sea they sailed on. 

At last the breeze came; the schooner sidled and 
drew nearer in the dark; I felt the hawser slacken once 
more, and with a good, tough effort, cut the last fibres 
through. 

The breeze had but little action on the coracle, and I 
was almost instantly swept against the bows of the His- 
paniola. At the same time the schooner began to turn 

172. 



THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 

upon her heel, spinning slowly, end for end, across the 
current. 

I wrought like a fiend, for I expected every moment 
to be swamped; and since I found I could not push the 
coracle directly off, I now shoved straight astern. At 
length I was clear of my dangerous neighbour; and just 
as I gave the last impulsion, my hands came across a 
light cord that was trailing overboard across the stern 
bulwarks. Instantly I grasped it. 

Why I should have done so I can hardly say. It was 
at first mere instinct; but once I had it in my hands and 
found it fast, curiosity began to get the upper hand, and 
I determined I should have one look through the cabin 
window. 

I pulled in hand over hand on the cord, and, when I 
judged myself near enough, rose at infinite risk to about 
half my height, and thus commanded the roof and a 
slice of the interior of the cabin. 

By this time the schooner and her little consort were 
gliding pretty swiftly through the water; indeed, we had 
already fetched up level with the camp fire. The ship 
was talking, as sailors say, loudly, treading the innu- 
merable ripples with an incessant weltering splash ; and 
until I got my eye above the window-sill I could not 
comprehend why the watchmen had taken no alarm. 
One glance, however, was sufficient ; and it was only 
one glance that I durst take from that unsteady skiff. 
It showed me Hands and his companion locked to- 
gether in deadly wrestle, each with a hand upon the 
other's throat, 

I dropped upon the thwart again, none too soon, for 
I was near overboard. I could see nothing for the mo- 

173 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ment, but these two furious, encrimsoned faces, sway- 
ing together under the smoky lamp ; and I shot my eyes 
to let them grow once more familiar with the darkness. 
The endless ballad had come to an end at last, and 
the whole diminished company about the camp fire had 
broken kito the chorus I had heard so often: 

M Fifteen men on the dead man's chest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! 
Drink and the devil had done for the rest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! ?J 

1 was just thinking how busy drink and the devil were 
at that very moment in the cabin of the Hispaniola, when 
1 was surprised by a sudden lurch of the coracle. At 
the same moment she yawed sharply and seemed to 
change her course. The speed in the meantime had 
strangely increased. 

I opened my eyes at once. All round me were little 
ripples, combing over with a sharp, bristling sound and 
slightly phosphorescent. The Hispaniols herself, a few 
yards in whose wake 1 was still being whirled along, 
seemed to stagger in her course, and I saw her spars 
toss a little against the blackness of the night; nay, as I 
looked longer, I made sure she also was wheeling to the 
southward. 

I glanced over my shoulder, and my heart jumped 
against my ribs. There, right behind me, was the glow 
©f the camp fire. The current had turned at right angles, 
sweeping round along with it the tall schoeaer and the 
little dancing coracle; ever quickening, ever bubbling 
higher, ever muttering louder, it went spiinifiag through 
the narrows for the open sea. 

174 



THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 

Suddenly the schooner in front of me gave a violent 
yaw, turning, perhaps, through twenty degrees; and al- 
most at the same moment one shout followed another 
from on board ; I could hear feet pounding on the com- 
panion ladder; and I knew that the two drunkards had 
at last been interrupted in their quarrel and awakened t# 
a sense of their disaster. 

I lay down flat in the bottom of that wretched skiff, 
and devoutly recommended my spirit to its Maker. At 
the end of the straits, I made sure we must fall into some 
bar of raging breakers, where all my troubles would be 
ended speedily; and though I could, perhaps, bear to 
die, I could not bear to look upon my fate as it ap- 
proached- 

So I must have lain for hours, continually beaten to 
and fro upon the billows, now and again wetted wkh 
flying sprays, and never ceasing to expect death at the 
next plunge. Gradually weariness grew upon me; a 
numbness, an occasional stupor, fell upon my mind even 
in the midst of my terrors ; until sleep at last supervened, 
and in my sea-tossed coracle I lay and dreamed of home 
and the old "Admiral Benbow." 



*f§ 



CHAPTER XXIV 

THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 

It was broad day when I awoke, and found myself 
tossing at the south-west end of Treasure Island. The 
sun was up, but was still hid from me behind the great 
bulk of the Spy-glass, which on this side descended al- 
most to the sea in formidable cliffs. 

Haulbowline Head and Mizzen-mast Hill were at 
my elbow ; the hill bare and dark, the head bound with 
cliffs forty or fifty feet high, and fringed with great 
masses of fallen rock. I was scarce a quarter of a mile 
to seaward, and it was my first thought to paddle in 
and land. 

That notion was soon given over. Among the fallen 
rocks the breakers spouted and bellowed; loud rever- 
berations, heavy sprays flying and falling, succeeded one 
another from second to second ; and I saw myself, if I 
ventured nearer, dashed to death upon the rough shore, 
or spending my strength in vain to scale the beetling 
crags. 

Nor was that all ; for crawling together on flat tables 
of rock, or letting themselves drop into the sea with loud 
reports, I beheld huge slimy monsters — soft snails, as it 
were, of incredible bigness — two or three score of them 
together, making the rocks to echo with their barkings. 

*t6 



THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 

J have understood since that they were sea lions, and 
entirely harmless. But the look of them, added to the 
difficulty of the shore and the high running of the surf, 
was more than enough to disgust me of that landing 
place. I felt willing rather to starve at sea than to con- 
front such perils. 

In the meantime I had a better chance, as I supposed, 
before me. North of Haulbowline Head, the land runs 
in a long way, leaving, at low tide, a long stretch of 
yellow sand. To the north of that, again, there comes 
another cape — Cape of the Woods, as it was marked 
upon the chart — buried in tall green pines, which de- 
scended to the margin of the sea. 

I remembered what Silver had said about the current 
that sets northward along the whole west coast of Trea- 
sure Island ; and seeing from my position that I was al- 
ready under its influence, I preferred to leave Haulbow- 
line Head behind me, and reserve my strength for an 
attempt to land upon the kindlier-looking Cape of the 
Woods. 

There was a great, smooth swell upon the sea. The 
wind blowing steady and gentle from the south, there 
was no contrariety between that and the current, and 
the billows rose and fell unbroken. 

Had it been otherwise, I must long ago have perished; 
but as it was, it is surprising how easily and securely 
my little and light boat could ride. Often, as i still lay 
at the bottom, and kept no more than an eye above the 
gunwale, I would see a big blue summit heaving close 
above me; yet the coracle would but bounce a little, 
dance as if on springs, and subside on the other side 
into the trough as lightly as a bird. 

177 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I began after a little to grow very bold, and sat up to 
try my skill at paddling. But even a small change in 
the disposition of the weight will produce violent changes 
in the behaviour of a coracle. And I had hardly moved 
before the boat, giving up at once her gentle dancing 
movement, ran straight down a slope of water so steep 
that it made me giddy, and struck her nose, with a 
spout of spray, deep into the side of the next wave. 

I was drenched and terrified, and fell instantly back 
into my old position, whereupon the coracle seemed to 
find her head again, and led me as softly as before 
among the billows. It was plain she was not to be in- 
terfered with, and at that rate, since I could in no way 
influence her course, what hope had I left of reaching 
land? 

I began to be horribly frightened, but I kept my head, 
for all that. First, moving with all care, I gradually 
baled out the coracle with my sea-cap ; then getting my 
eye once more above the gunwale, 1 set myself to study 
how it was she managed to slip so quietly through the 
rollers. 

I found each wave, instead of the big, smooth glossy 
mountain it looks from shore, or from a vessel's deck, was 
for all the world like any range of hills on the dry land, 
full of peaks and smooth places and valleys. The cora- 
cle, left to herself, turning from side to side, threaded, 
so to speak, her way through these lower parts, and 
avoided the steep slopes and higher, toppling summits 
of the wave. 

"WeM, now," thought I to myself, "it is plain I must 
Me where I am, and not disturb the balance; but it is 
plain, ateo, that I can put the paddle over the side, and 

n8 



THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 

from time to time, in smooth places, give her a shove or 
two towards land." No sooner thought upon than done. 
There I lay on my elbows, in the most trying attitude, 
and every now and again gave a weak stroke or two to 
turn her head to shore. 

It was very tiring, and slow work, yet I did visibly 
gain ground ; and, as we drew near the Cape of the 
Woods, though I saw I must infallibly miss that point, 
I had still made some hundred yards of easting. I was, 
indeed, close in. I could see the cool, green tree-tops 
swaying together in the breeze, and I felt sure I should 
make the next promontory without fail. 

It was high time, for I now began to be tortured with 
thirst. The glow of the sun from above, its thousand- 
fold reflection from the waves, the sea-water that fell 
and dried upon me, caking my very lips with salt, com- 
bined to make my throat burn and my brain ache. The 
sight of the trees so near at hand had almost made me 
sick with longing ; but the current had soon carried me 
past the point; and, as the next reach of sea opened out, 
I beheld a sight that changed the nature of my thoughts. 

Right in front of me, not half a mile away, I beheld 
the Hi§paniola under sail. I made sure, of course, that 
I should be taken ; but I was so distressed for want of 
water, that I scarce knew whether to be glad or sorry 
at the thought; and, long before I had come to a con- 
clusion, surprise had taken entire possession of my mind, 
and I could do nothing but stare and wonder. 

The Hi§paniola was under her main-sail and two jibs* 
and the beautiful white canvas shone in the sun like 
snow or silver. When I first sighted her, all her sails 
were drawing; she was laying a course about north- 

179 



TREASURE ISLAND 

west; and I presumed the men on board were going 
round the island on their way back to the anchorage. 
Presently she began to fetch more and more to the 
westward, so that I thought they had sighted me and 
were going about in chase. At last, however, she fell 
right into the wind's eye, was taken dead aback, and 
stood there a while helpless, with her sails shivering. 

"Clumsy fellows/' said I; "they must still be drunk 
as owls." And I thought how Captain Smollett would 
have set them skipping. 

Meanwhile, the schooner gradually fell off, and filled 
again upon another tack, sailed swiftly for a minute or 
so, and brought up once more dead in the wind's eye. 
Again and again was this repeated. To and fro, up and 
down, north, south, east, and west, the Hi&paniola sailed 
by swoops and dashes, and at each repetition ended as 
she had begun, with idly flapping canvas. It became 
plain to me that nobody was steering. And, if so, 
where were the men ? Either they were dead drank, 
or had deserted her, I thought, and perhaps if I could get 
on board, 1 might return the vessel to her captain. 

The current was bearing coracle and schooner south- 
ward at an equal rate. As for the latter's sailing, it was 
so wild and intermittent, and she hung each time so long 
in irons, that she certainly gained nothing, if she did not 
even lose. If only I dared to sit up and paddle, I made 
sure that I could overhaul her. The scheme had an air 
of adventure that inspired me, and the thought of the 
water breaker beside the fore companion doubled my 
growing courage. 

Up 1 got, was welcomed almost instantly by another 
cloud of spray, but this time stuck to my purpose; and 

1 80 



THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 

set myself, with all my strength and caution, to paddle 
after the Bnsteered Hi&paniola. Once I shipped a sea so 
heavy that I had to stop and bail, with my heart flutter- 
ing like a bird ; but gradually I got into the way of the 
thing, and guided my coracle among the waves, with 
only now and then a blow upon her bows and a dash of 
foam in my face. 

I was now gaining rapidly on the schooner; I could 
see the brass glisten on the tiller as it banged about ; and 
still no soul appeared upon her decks. I could not 
choose but suppose she was deserted. If not, the men 
were lying drunk below, where I might batten them 
down, perhaps, and do what I chose with the ship. 

For some time she had been doing the worst thing 
possible for me — standing still. She headed nearly due 
south, yawing, of course, all the time. Each time she 
fell off her sails partly filled, and these brought her, in a 
moment, right to the wind again. I have said this was 
the worst thing possible for me; for helpless as she 
looked in this situation, with the canvas cracking like 
cannon, and the blocks trundling and banging on the 
deck, she still continued to run away from me, not only 
with the speed of the current, but by the whole amount 
of her leeway, which was naturally great 

But now, at last, I had my chance. The breeze fell, 
for some seconds, very low, and the current gradually 
turning her, the Hispaniola revolved slowly round her 
centre, and at last presented me her stern, with the cabin 
window still gaping open, and the lamp over the table 
still burning on into the day. The main-sail hung 
drooped Hke a banner. She was stock-still, but for the 
current. 

181 



TREASURE ISLAND 

For the last little while I had even lost; but n*w f re- 
doubling my efforts, I began once more to overhaul the 
chase. 

I was not a hundred yards from her when Ute wind 
came again in a clap ; she filled on the port tack, and 
was off again, stooping and skimming like a swallow. 

My first impulse was one of despair, but my second 
was towards joy. Round she came, till she was broad- 
side on to me — round still till she had covered a half, 
and then two-thirds, and then three-quarters of the dis- 
tance that separated us. I could see the waves boiling 
white under her forefoot. Immensely tall she looked to 
me from my low station in the coracle. 

And then, of a sudden, I began to comprehend. I had 
scarce time to think — scarce time to act and save my- 
self. I was on the summit of one swell when the 
schooner came stooping over the next. The bowsprit 
was over my head. 1 sprang to my feet, and leaped, 
stamping the coracle under water. With one hand I 
caught the jib-boom, while my foot was lodged between 
the stay and the brace; and as I still clung there pant- 
ing, a dull blow told me that the schooner had charged 
down upon and struck the coracle, and that I was teft 
without retreat on the Hupaniola. 



*8* 



CHAPTER XXV 

I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 

I bad scarce gained a position on the bowsprit, when 
the flying jib flapped and filled upon the other tack, 
with a report like a gun. The schooner trembled to her 
keel under the reverse; but next moment, the other sails 
still drawing, the jib flapped back again, and hung idle. 

This had nearly tossed me off into the sea; and now 
1 lost no time, crawled back along the bowsprit, and 
tumbled head foremost on the deck. 

I was on the lee side of the forecastle, and the main- 
sail, which was still drawing, concealed from me a cer- 
tain portion of the after-deck. Not a soul was to be 
seen. The planks, which had not been swabbed since 
the mutiny, bore the print of many feet; and an empty 
bottle, broken by the neck, tumbled to and fro like a live 
thing in the scuppers. 

Suddenly the HiSpaniola came right into the wind. 
The jibs behind me cracked aloud ; the rudder slammed 
to ; the whole ship gave a sickening heave and shudder, 
and at the same moment the main-boom swung in- 
board, the sheet groaning in the blocks, and showed me 
the lee after-deck. 

There were the two watchmen, sure enough : red-cap 
#n k» back, as stiff as a handspike, with his arras 

1S3 



TREASURE ISLAND 

stretched out like those of a crucifix, and Us teeth 
showing through his open lips; Israel Hands propped 
against the bulwarks, his chin on his chest, his hands 
lying open before him on the deck, his face as white, 
under its tan, as a tallow candle. 

For a while the ship kept bucking and sidling like a 
vicious horse, the sails filling, now on one tack, now on 
another, and the boom swinging to and fro tiH tfoe mast 
groaned aloud under the strain. Now and again, too, 
there would come a cloud of light sprays over the bul- 
wark, and a heavy blow of the ship's bows against the 
swell : so much heavier weather was made of k by this 
great rigged ship than by my home-made, lop-sided 
coracle, now gone to the bottom of the sea. 

At every jump of the schooner, red-cap slipped to and 
fro ; but — what was ghastly to behold — neither his at- 
titude nor his fixed teeth-disclosing grin was anyway 
disturbed by this rough usage. At every jump, too, 
Hands appeared still more to sink into himself and settle 
down upon the deck, his feet sliding ever the farther 
out, and the whole body canting towards the stern, so 
that his face became, little by little, hid from me; and at 
last I could see nothing beyond his ear and the frayed 
ringlet of one whisker. 

At the same time, I observed, around both of them, 
splashes of dark blood upon the planks, and began to feel 
sure that they had killed each other in their drunken wrath. 

While I was thus looking and wondering, in a calm 
moment, when the ship was still, Israel Hands turned 
partly round, and, with a low moan, writhed himself 
back to the position in which I had seen him first The 
moan, which told of pain and deadly weakness, anil the 

184 



! STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 

way in which his jaw hung open, went right to my 
heart. But when I remembered the talk I had overheard 
from the apple barrel, all pity left me. 

I walked aft until I reached the main-mast. 

"Come aboard, Mr. Hands," I said, ironically. 

He rolled his eyes round heavily ; but he was too far 
gone to express surprise. All he could do was to utter 
one word, " Brandy." 

It occurred to me there was no time to lose; and, 
dodging the boom as it once more lurched across the 
deck, I slipped aft, and down the companion stairs into 
the cabin. 

It was such a scene of confusion as you can hardly 
fancy. All the lockfast places had been broken open in 
quest of the chart. The floor was thick with mud, 
where ruffians had sat down to drink or consult after 
wading in the marshes round their camp. The bulk- 
heads, all painted in clear white, and beaded round with 
gilt, bore a pattern of dirty hands. Dozens of empty 
bottles clinked together in corners to the rolling of the 
ship. One of the doctor's medical books lay open on 
the table, half of the leaves gutted out, I suppose, for 
pipelights. In the midst of all this the lamp still cast a 
smoky glow, obscure and brown as umber. 

I went into the cellar; all the barrels were gone, and 
of the bottles a most surprising number had been drunk 
out and thrown away. Certainly, since the mutiny 
began, not a man of them could ever have been sober. 

Foraging about, I found a bottle with some brandy left, 
for Hands; and for myself I routed out some biscuit, 
some pickled fruits, a great bunch of raisins, and a piece 
of cheese. With these I came on deck, put down my 

18.5 



TREASURE ISLAND ^ 

own stock behind the rudder head, and well out of the 
coxswain's reach, went forward to the water-breaker, 
and had a good, deep drink of water, and then, and not 
till then, gave Hands the brandy. 

He must have drunk a gill before he took the bottle 
from his mouth. 

"Aye," said he, "by thunder, but I wanted some o* 
that!" 

I had sat down already in my own corner and begun 
to eat. 

"Much hurt?" I asked him. 

He grunted, or, rather, I might say, he barked. 

"If that doctor was aboard," he said, "I'd be right 
enough in a couple of turns ; but I don't have no man- 
ner of luck, you see, and that's what's the matter with 
me. As for that swab, he's good and dead, he is," he 
added, indicating the man with the red cap. " He warn't 
no seaman, anyhow. And where mought you have 
come from ?" 

" Well," said I, " I've come aboard to take possession 
of this ship, Mr. Hands; and you'll please regard me as 
your captain until further notice." 

He looked at me sourly enough, but said nothing. 
Some of the colour had come back into his cheeks, 
though he still looked very sick, and still continued to 
slip out and settle down as the ship banged about. 

" By-the-by," I continued, " I can't have these colours, 
Mr. Hands; and, by your leave, I'll strike 'em. Better 
none than these." 

And, again dodging the boom, I ran to the colour 
lines, handed down their cursed black flag, and chucked 
it overboard. 

m 



1 STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 

"God save the king! " said I, waving my cap; "and 
there's an end to Captain Silver! " 

He watched me keenly and slyly, his chin atl the 
while on his breast. 

"I reckon/' he said at last — " I reckon, Cap'n Hawkins, 
you'll kind of want to get ashore, now. S'pose we talks. " 

"Why, yes," says I, "with all my heart, Mr. Hands. 
Say on." And I went back to my meal with a good 
appetite. 

"This man/' he began, nodding feebly at the corpse 
—"O'Brien were his name — a rank Irelander — this 
man and me got the canvas on her, meaning for to sail 
her back. Well, he's dead now, he is — as dead as 
bilge; and who's to sail this ship, I don't see. Without 
I gives you a hint, you ain't that man, as far's I can tell. 
Now, look here, you gives me food and drink, and a old 
scarf or ankecher to tie my wound up, you do; and I'll 
tell you how to sail her; and that's about square all 
round, I take it." 

" I'll tell you one thing," says I : "I'm not going back 
to Captain Kidd's anchorage. I mean to get into North 
Inlet, and beach her quietly there." 

" To be sure you did," he cried. " Why, I ain't sich 
an infernal lubber, afte«r all. I can see, can't I ? I've 
tried my fling, I have, and I've lost, and it's you has the 
wind of me. North Inlet ? Why, I haven't no ch'ice, 
not I ! I'd help you sail her up to Execution Dock, by 
thunder! so I would." 

Well, as it seemed to me, there was some sense in 
this. We struck our bargain on the spot. In three 
minutes I had the Hispaniola sailing easily before the 
wind along the coast of Treasure Island, with good 

187 



TREASURE ISLAND 

hopes of turning the northern point ere noon, and beat- 
ing down again as far as North Inlet before high water, 
when we might beach her safely, and wait till the sub- 
siding tide permitted us to land. 

Then 1 lashed the tiller and went below to my own chest, 
where I got a soft silk handkerchief of my mother's. With 
this, and with my aid, Hands bound up the great bleeding 
stab he had received in the thigh, and after he had eaten 
a little and had a swallow or two more of the brandy, he 
began to pick up visibly, sat straighter up, spoke louder 
and clearer, and looked in every way another man. 

The breeze served us admirably. We skimmed before 
it like a bird, the coast of the island flashing by, and the 
view changing every minute. Soon we were past the 
high lands and bowling beside low, sandy country, 
sparsely dotted with dwarf pines, and soon we were 
beyond that again, and had turned the corner of the 
rocky hill that ends the island on the north. 

I was greatly elated with my new command, and 
pleased with the bright, sunshiny weather and these 
different prospects of the coast. I had now plenty of 
water and good things to eat, and my conscience, which 
had smitten me hard for my desertion, was quieted by 
the great conquest I had made. I should, I think, have 
had nothing left me to desire but for the eyes of the cox- 
swain as they followed me derisively about the deck, 
and the odd smile that appeared continually on his face. 
It was a smile that had in it something both of pain and 
weakness — a haggard, old man's smile ; but there was, 
besides that, a grain of derision, a shadow of treachery 
in his expression as he craftily watched, and watched, 
and watched me at my work. 



CHAPTER XXVI 

ISRAEL HANDS 

The wind, serving us to a desire, now hauled into 
the west We could run so much the easier from the 
north-east corner of the island to the mouth of the North 
Inlet. Only, as we had no power to anchor, and dared 
not beach her till the tide had flowed a good deal far- 
ther, time hung on our hands. The coxswain told 
me how to lay the ship to; after a good many trials 
I succeeded, and we both sat in silence, over another 
meal. 

"Cap'n," said he, at length, with that same uncom- 
fortable smile, "here's my old shipmate, O'Brien; s'pose 
you was to heave him overboard. I ain't particular as a 
rule, and I don't take no blame for settling his hash ; but 
I don't reckon him ornamental, now, do you ? " 

" I'm not strong enough, and I don't like the job; and 
there he lies, for me," said I. 

' ' This here's an unlucky ship — this HiSpaniola, Jim, " 
he went on, blinking. "There's a power of men been 
killed in this Hi§paniola — a sight o' poor seamen dead 
and gone since you and me took ship to Bristol. I never 
seen sich dirty luck, not I. There was this here O'Brien, 
now — he's dead, ain't he ? Well, now, I'm no scholar, 
and you're a lad as can read and figure; and, to put it 

1 89 



TREASURE ISLAND 

straight, do you take it as a dead man is dead for good, 
or do he come alive again ? " 

"You can kill the body, Mr. Hands, but not the spirit; 
you must know that already," I replied. "O'Brien 
there is in another world, and maybe watching us." 

" Ah! " says he. " Well, that's unfort'nate — appears 
as if killing parties was a waste of time. Howsomever, 
sperrits don't reckon for much, by what I've seen. I'll 
chance it with the sperrits, Jim. And now, you've 
spoke up free, and I'll take it kind if you'd step down 
into that there cabin and get me a — well, a — shiver 
my timbers ! I can't hit the name on 't ; well, you get 
me a bottle of wine, Jim — this here brandy's too strong 
for my head." 

Now, the coxswain's hesitation seemed to be unnat- 
ural; and as for the notion of his preferring wine to 
brandy, I entirely disbelieved it. The whole story was 
a pretext. He wanted me to leave the deck — so much 
was plain ; but with what purpose I could in no way 
imagine. His eyes never met mine ; they kept wander- 
ing to and fro, up and down, now with a look to the 
sky, now with a flitting glance upon the dead O'Brien. 
All the time he kept smiling, and putting his tongue out 
in the most guilty, embarrassed manner, so that a child 
could have told that he was bent on some deception. I 
was prompt with my answer, however, for I saw where 
my advantage lay ; and that with a fellow so densely 
stupid I could easily conceal my suspicions to the 
end. 

" Some wine ? " I said. " Far better. Will you have 
white or red ? " 

"Well, I reckon it's about the blessed same to me, 
ipo 



ISRAEL HANDS 

shipmate/ 9 he replied; "so it's strong, and plenty of It, 
what's the odds ? " 

"All right/' I answered. " I'll bring you port, Mr, 
Hands. But I'll have to dig for it" 

With that I scuttled down the companion with aH the 
noise I could, slipped off my shoes, ran quietly along 
the sparred gallery, mounted the forecastle ladder, and 
popped my head out of the fore companion. I knew 
he would not expect to see me there ; yet I took every 
precaution possible ; and certainly the worst of my sus- 
picions proved too true. 

He had risen from his position to his hands and knees ; 
and, though his leg obviously hurt him pretty sharply 
when he moved — for I could hear him stifle a groan — 
yet it was at a good, rattling rate that he trailed himself 
across the deck. In half a minute he had reached the 
port scuppers, and picked, out of a coil of rope, a long 
knife, or rather a short dirk, discoloured to the hilt with 
blood. He looked upon it for a moment, thrusting 
forth his under jaw, tried the point upon his hand, and 
then, hastily concealing it in the bosom of his jacket, 
trundled back again into his old place against the bul- 
wark. 

This was all that I required to know. Israel could 
move about; he was now armed; and if he had been at 
so much trouble to get rid of me, it was plain that I was 
meant to be the victim. What he would do afterwards 
— whether he would try to crawl right across the island 
from North Inlet to the camp among the swamps, or 
whether he would fire Long Tom, trusting that his own 
comrades might come first to help him, was, of course, 
more than I could say. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Yet I felt sure that I could trust him in one point, 
since in that our interests jumped together, and that was 
in the disposition of the schooner. We both desired to 
have her stranded safe enough, in a sheltered place, and 
so that, when the time came, she could be got off again 
with as little labour and danger as might be ; and until 
that was done I considered that my life would certainly 
be spared. 

While I was thus turning the business over in my 
mind, I had not been idle with my body. I had stolen 
back to the cabin, slipped once more into my shoes, and 
laid my hand at random on a bottle of wine, and now, 
with this for an excuse, I made my re-appearance on 
the deck. 

Hands lay as I had left him, all fallen together in a 
bundle, and with his eyelids lowered, as though he 
were too weak to bear the light. He looked up, how- 
ever, at my coming, knocked the neck off the bottle, 
like a man who had done the same thing often, and 
took a good swig, with his favourite toast of " Here's 
luck! " Then he lay quiet for a little, and then, pulling 
out a stick of tobacco, begged me to cut him a quid. 

"Cut me a junk o' that/' says he, " for I haven't no 
knife, and hardly strength enough, so be as I had. Ah, 
Jim, Jim, I reckon I've missed stays! Cut me a quid, 
as'H likely be the last, lad ; for I'm for my long home, 
and no mistake." 

u Well," said I, " I'll cut you some tobacco; but if I 
was you and thought myself so badly, I would go t© 
my prayers, like a Christian man." 

"Why?" said he. "Now, you tell me why." 

"Why?" I cried. "You were asking me just now 



ISRAEL HANDS 

about the dead. You've broken your trust; you've 
lived in sin and lies and blood ; there's a man you killed 
lying at your feet this moment; and you ask me why! 
For God's mercy, Mr. Hands, that's why." 

I spoke with a little heat, thinking of the bloody dirk 
he had hidden in his pocket, and designed, in his ill 
thoughts, to end me with. He, for his part, took a 
great draught of the wine, and spoke with the most 
unusual solemnity. 

"For thirty years," he said, "I've sailed the seas, and 
seen good and bad, better and worse, fair weather and 
foul, provisions running out, knives going, and what 
not. Well, now I tell you, I never seen good come o' 
goodness yet. Him as strikes first is my fancy; dead 
men don't bite; them's my views — amen, so be it. 
And now, you look here," he added, suddenly chang- 
ing his tone, "we've had about enough of this foolery. 
The tide's made good enough by now. You just take 
my orders, Cap'n Hawkins, and we'll sail slap in and 
be done with it" 

All told, we had scarce two miles to run ; but the navi- 
gation was delicate, the entrance to this northern anchor- 
age was not only narrow and shoal, but lay east and 
west, so that the schooner must be nicely handled to be 
got in. I think I was a good, prompt subaltern, and I 
am very sure that Hands was an excellent pilot; for we 
went about and about, and dodged in, shaving the 
banks, with a certainty and a neatness that were a pleas- 
ure to behold. 

Scarcely had we passed the heads before the land 
closed around us. The shores of North Inlet were as 
thickly wooded as those of the southern anchorage; but 

193 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the space was longer and narrower, and more like, what 
in truth it was, the estuary of a river. Right before us, 
at the southern end, we saw the wreck of a ship in 
the last stages of dilapidation. It had been a great ves- 
sel of three masts, but had lain so long exposed to the 
injuries of the weather, that it was hung about with 
great webs of dripping seaweed, and on the deck of it 
shore bushes had taken root, and now flourished thick 
with flowers. It was a sad sight, but it showed us that 
the anchorage was calm. 

"Now," said Hands, "look there; there's a pet bit 
for to beach a ship in. Fine flat sand, never a catspaw, 
trees all around of it, and flowers a-blowing like a gar- 
ding on that old ship/' 

"And once beached," I inquired, "how shall we get 
her off again ?" 

' ' Why, so, " he replied : * ' you take a line ashore there 
on the other side at low water : take a turn about one o' 
them big pines; bring it back, take a turn round the 
capstan, and lie-to for the tide. Come high water, all 
hands take a pull upon the line, and off she comes as 
sweet as natur'. And now, boy, you stand by. We're 
near the bit now, and she's too much way on her. 
Starboard a little — so — steady — starboard — larboard a 
little — steady — steady ! " 

So he issued his commands, which I breathlessly 
obeyed ; till, all of a sudden, he cried, "Now, my hearty, 
luff! " And I put the helm hard up, and the HiSpaniola 
swung round rapidly, and ran stem on for the low 
wooded shore. 

The excitement of these last manoeuvres had some- 
what interfered with the watch I had kept hitherto, 

194 



ISRAEL HANDS 

sharply enough, upon the coxswain. Even then I was 
still so much interested, waiting for the ship to touch, 
that I had quite forgot the peril that hung over my head, 
and stood craning over the starboard bulwarks and 
watching the ripples spreading wide before the bows. 
I might have fallen without a struggle for my life, had 
not a sudden disquietude seized upon me, and made me 
turn my head. Perhaps I had heard a creak, or seen his 
shadow moving with the tail of my eye ; perhaps it was 
an instinct like a cat's; but, sure enough, when I looked 
round, there was Hands, already half-way towards me, 
with the dirk in his right hand. 

We must both have cried out aloud when our eyes 
met ; but while mine was the shrill cry of terror, his was 
a roar of fury like a charging bull's. At the same in- 
stant he threw himself forward, and I leaped sideways 
towards the bows. As I did so, I let go of the tiller, 
which sprang sharp to leeward; and I think this saved 
my life, for it struck Hands across the chest, and stopped 
him, for the moment, dead. 

Before he could recover, I was safe out of the corner 
where he had me trapped, with all the deck to dodge 
about, just forward of the mainmast I stopped, drew 
a pistol from my pocket, took a cool aim, though he 
had already turned and was once more coming directly 
after me, and drew the trigger. The hammer fell, but 
there followed neither flash nor sound ; the priming was 
useless with sea water. I cursed myself for my neglect. 
Why had not I, long before, reprimed and reloaded my 
only weapons ? Then I should not have been as now, 
a mere fleeing sheep before this butcher. 

Wounded as he was, it was wonderful how fast he 
195 



TREASURE ISLAND 

could move, his grizzled hair tumbling over his face, and 
his face itself as red as a red ensign with his haste and 
fury. I had no time to try my other pistol, nor, indeed, 
much inclination, for I was sure it would be useless. 
One thing I saw plainly : I must not simply retreat be- 
fore him, or he would speedily hold me boxed into the 
bows, as a moment since he had so nearly boxed me in 
the stern. Once so caught, and nine or ten inches of 
the blood-stained dirk would be my last experience on 
this side of eternity. I placed my palms against the 
mainmast, which was of a goodish bigness, and waited, 
every nerve upon the stretch. 

Seeing that I meant to dodge, he also paused; and a 
moment or two passed in feints on his part, and corre- 
sponding movements upon mine. It was such a game 
as I had often played at home about the rocks of Black 
Hill Cove; but never before, you may be sure, with 
such a wildly beating heart as now. Still, as I say, it 
was a boy's game, and I thought 1 could hold my own 
at it, against an elderly seaman with a wounded thigh. 
Indeed, my courage had begun to rise so high, that I 
allowed myself a few darting thoughts on what would 
be the end of the affair; and while I saw certainly that I 
could spin it out for long, I saw no hope of any ulti- 
mate escape. 

Well, while things stood thus, suddenly the His- 
paniola struck, staggered, ground for an instant in the 
sand, and then, swift as a blow, canted over to the port 
side, till the deck stood at an angle of forty-five degrees, 
and about a puncheon of water splashed into the scupper 
holes, and lay, in a pool, between the deck and bulwark. 

We were both of us capsized in a second, and both 
196 



ISRAEL HANDS 

of us rolled, almost together, into the scuppers; the 
dead red-cap, with his arms still spread out, tumbling 
stiffly after us. So near were we, indeed, that my head 
came against the coxswain's foot with a crack that made 
my teeth rattle. Blow and all, I was the first afoot again ; 
for Hands had got involved with the dead body. The 
sudden canting of the ship had made the deck no place 
for running on ; I had to find some new way of escape, 
and that upon the instant, for my foe was almost touch- 
ing me. Quick as thought, I sprang into the mizzen 
shrouds, rattled up hand over hand, and did not draw 
a breath till I was seated on the cross-trees. 

I had been saved by being prompt; the dirk had 
struck not half a foot below me, as I pursued my up- 
ward flight; and there stood Israel Hands with his mouth 
open and his face upturned to mine, a perfect statue of 
surprise and disappointment. 

Now that I had a moment to myself, 1 lost no time in 
changing the priming of my pistol, and then, having 
one ready for service, and to make assurance doubly 
sure, 1 proceeded to draw the load of the other, and re- 
charge it afresh from the beginning. 

My new employment Struck Hands all of a heap; he 
began to see the dice going against him ; and after an 
obvious hesitation, he also hauled himself heavily into 
the shrouds, and, with the dirk in his teeth, began slowly 
and painfully to mount. It cost him no end of time and 
groans to haul his wounded leg behind him ; and I had 
quietly finished my anangements before he was much 
more than a third of the way up. Then, with a pistol 
in either hand, I addressed him. 

II One more step, Mr. Hands," said I, "and Til blow 

197 



TREASURE ISLAND 

your brains out! Dead men don't bite, you know," I 
added, with a chuckle. 

He stopped instantly. I could see by the working of 
his face that he was trying to think, and the process was 
so slow and laborious that, in my new-found security, 
I laughed aloud. At last, with a swallow or two, he 
spoke, his face still wearing the same expression of ex- 
treme perplexity. In order to speak he had to take the 
dagger from his mouth, but, in all else, he remained un- 
moved. 

"Jim," says he, "1 reckon we're fouled, you and me, 
and we'll have to sign articles. I'd have had you but for 
that there lurch : but I don't have no luck, not I ; and 
! reckon I'll have to strike, which comes hard, you see, 
for a master mariner to a ship's younker like you, Jim." 

I was drinking in his words and smiling away, as con- 
ceited as a cock upon a wall, when, all in a breath, back 
went his right hand over his shoulder. Something sang 
like an arrow through the air; I felt a blow and then a 
sharp pang, and there I was pinned by the shoulder to 
the mast. In the horrid pain and surprise of the moment 
— I scarce can say it was by my own volition, and I am 
sure it was without a conscious aim — both my pistols 
went off, and both escaped out of my hands. They 
did not fall alone; with a choked cry, the coxswain 
loosed his grasp upon the shrouds, and plunged head 
first into the water. 



198 




THE COXSWAIN LOOSED HIS GRASP UPON THE SHROUDS AND 
PLUNGED HEAD FIRST INTO THE WATER 



CHAPTER XXVII 

" PIECES OF EIGHT' ' 

Owing to the cant of the vessel, the masts hung far 
out over the water, and from my perch on the cross- 
trees I had nothing below me but the surface of the 
bay. Hands, who was not so far up, was, in conse- 
quence, nearer to the ship, and fell between me and the 
bulwarks. He rose once to the surface in a lather of 
foam and blood, and then sank again for good. As the 
water settled, I could see him lying huddled together on 
the clean, bright sand in the shadow of the vessel's 
sides. A fish or two whipped past his body. Some- 
times, by the quivering of the water, he appeared to 
move a little, as if he were trying to rise. But he was 
dead enough, for all that, being both shot and drowned, 
and was food for fish in the very place where he had 
designed my slaughter. 

I was no sooner certain of this than I began to feel 
sick, faint, and terrified. The hot blood was running 
over my back and chest. The dirk, where it had pinned 
my shoulder to the mast, seemed to burn like a hot iron ; 
yet it was not so much these real sufferings that dis- 
tressed me, for these, it seemed to me, I could bear 
without a murmur; it was the horror I had upon my 
mind of falling from the cross-trees into that still green 
water beside the body of the coxswain. 

199 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I clung with both hands till my nails ached, and 1 
shut my eyes as if to cover up the peril. Gradually my 
mind came back again, my pulses quieted down to a 
more natural time, and I was once more in possession of 
myself. 

It was my first thought to pluck forth the dirk ; but 
either it stuck too hard or my nerve failed me; and I de- 
sisted with a violent shudder. Oddly enough, that very 
shudder did the business. The knife, in fact, had come 
the nearest in the world to missing me altogether; it 
held me by a mere pinch of skin, land this the shudder 
tore away. The blood ran down the faster, to be sure ; 
but I was my own master again, and only tacked to the 
mast by my coat and shirt. 

These last I broke through with a sudden jerk, and 
then regained the deck by the starboard shrouds. For 
nothing in the world would 1 have again ventured, 
shaken as I was, upon the overhanging port shrouds, 
from which Israel had so lately fallen. 

I went below, and did what I could for my wound ; 
it pained me a good deal, and still bled freely; but it 
was neither deep nor dangerous, nor did it greatly gall 
me when I used my arm. Then I looked around me, 
and as the ship was now, in a sense, my own, I began 
to think of clearing it from its last passenger — the dead 
man, O'Brien. 

He had pitched, as I have said, against the bulwarks, 
where he lay like some horrible, ungainly sort of puppet ; 
life-size, indeed, but how different from life's colour or 
life's comeliness ! In that position, I could easily have 
my way with him ; and as the habit of tragical adven- 
tures had worn off almost all my terror for the dead, I 



" PIECES OF EIGHT" 

took him by the waist as if he had been a sack of bran, 
and, with one good heave, tumbled him overboard. He 
went in with a sounding plunge; the red cap came off, 
and remained floating on the surface; and as soon as the 
splash subsided, I could see him and Israel lying side by 
side, both wavering with the tremulous movement of the 
water. O'Brien, though still quite a young man, was 
very bald. There he lay, with that bald head across the 
knees of the man who had killed him, and the quick 
fishes steering to and fro over both. 

I was now alone upon the ship; the tide had just 
turned. The sun was within so few degrees of setting 
that already the shadow of the pines upon the western 
shore began to reach right across the anchorage, and fall 
in patterns on the deck. The evening breeze had sprung 
up, and though it was well warded off by the hill with 
the two peaks upon the east, the cordage had begun to 
sing a little softly to itself and the idle sails to rattle to 
and fro. 

I began to see a danger to the ship. The jibs I speed- 
ily doused and brought tumbling to the deck; but the 
main-sail was a harder matter. Of course, when the 
schooner canted over the boom had swung out-board, 
and the cap of it and a foot or two of sail hung even 
under water. I thought this made it still more danger- 
ous; yet the strain was so heavy that I half feared to 
meddle. At last, I got my knife and cut the halyards. 
The peak dropped instantly, a great belly of loose can- 
vas floated broad upon the water; and since, pull as I 
liked, 1 could not budge the downhall, that was the ex- 
tent of what I could accomplish. For the rest, the His* 
paniola must trust to luck, like myself. 

201 



TREASURE ISLAND 

By this time the whole anchorage had fallen into shad- 
ow — the last rays, I remember, falling through a glade 
of the wood, and shining bright as jewels, on the flowery 
mantle of the wreck. It began to be chill ; the tide was 
rapidly fleeting seaward, the schooner settling more and 
more on her beam-ends. 

I scrambled forward and looked over. It seemed 
shallow enough, and holding the cut hawser in both 
hands for a last security, I let myself drop softly over- 
board. The water scarcely reached my waist; the sand 
was firm and covered with ripple marks, and I waded 
ashore in great spirits, leaving the Hi§paniola on her 
side, with her main-sail trailing wide upon the surface 
of the bay. About the same time the sun went fairly 
down, and the breeze whistled low in the dusk among 
the tossing pines. 

At least, and at last, I was off the sea, nor had I re- 
turned thence empty handed. There lay the schooner, 
clear at last from buccaneers and ready for our own men 
to board and get to sea again. I had nothing nearer my 
fancy than to get home to the stockade and boast of my 
achievements. Possibly I might be blamed a bit for my 
truantry, but the recapture of the HiSpaniola was a clench- 
ing answer, and I hoped that even Captain Smollett 
would confess I had not lost my time. 

So thinking, and in famous spirits, I began to set my 
face homeward for the block-house and my companions. 
I remembered that the most easterly of the rivers which 
drain into Captain Kidd's anchorage ran from the two- 
peaked hill upon my left ; and I bent my course in that 
direction that I might pass the stream while it was small. 
The wood was pretty open, and keeping along the lower 



" PIECES OF EIGHT" 

spurs, I had soon turned the corner of that hill, and not 
long after waded to the mid-calf across the water-course. 

This brought me near to where I had encountered Ben 
Gunn, the maroon ; and I walked more circumspectly, 
keeping an eye on every side. The dusk had come nigh 
hand completely, and, as I opened out the cleft between 
the two peaks, I became aware of a wavering glow 
against the sky, where, as I judged, the man of the island 
was cooking his supper before a roaring fire. And yet 
I wondered, in my heart, that he should show himself 
so careless. For if I could see this radiance, might it not 
reach the eyes of Silver himself where he camped upon 
the shore among the marshes ? 

Gradually the night fell blacker; it was all I could do 
to guide myself even roughly towards my destination ; 
the double hill behind me and the Spy-glass on my right 
hand loomed faint and fainter; the stars were few and 
pale; and in the low ground where I wandered I kept 
tripping among bushes and rolling into sandy pits. 

Suddenly a kind of brightness fell about me. I looked 
up; a pale glimmer of moonbeams had alighted on the 
summit of the Spy-glass, and soon after I saw something 
broad and silvery moving low down behind the trees, 
and knew the moon had risen. 

With this to help me, I passed rapidly over what re- 
mained to me of my journey ; and, sometimes walking, 
sometimes running, impatiently drew near to the stock- 
ade. Yet, as I began to thread the grove that lies be- 
fore it, I was not so thoughtless but that I slacked my 
pace and went a trifle warily. It would have been a 
poor end of my adventures to get shot down by my own 
party in mistake. 

203 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Tile moon was climbing higher and higher; its light 
began to fall here and there in masses through the more 
©pen districts of the wood ; and right in front of me a 
glow of a different colour appeared among the trees. 
It was red and hot, and now and again it was a little 
darkened — as it were the embers of a bonfire smoul- 
dering. 

For the life of me, I could not think what it might be. 

At last I came right down upon the borders of the 
clearing. The western end was already steeped in 
moonshine; the rest, and the block-house itself, still lay 
in a black shadow, chequered with long, silvery streaks 
of light. On the other side of the house an immense 
fire had burned itself into clear embers and shed a steady, 
red reverberation, contrasted strongly with the mellow 
paleness of the moon. There was not a soul stirring, 
nor a sound beside the noises of the breeze. 

1 stopped, with much wonder in my heart, and per- 
haps a little terror also. It had not been our way to 
build great fires; we were, indeed, by the captain's or- 
ders, somewhat niggardly of firewood ; and I began to 
fear that something had gone wrong while I was ab- 
sent 

I stole round by the eastern end, keeping close in 
shadow, and at a convenient place, where the darkness 
was thickest, crossed the palisade. 

To make assurance surer, I got upon my hands and 
knees, and crawled, without a sound, towards the corner 
of the house. As I drew nearer, my heart was suddenly 
and greatly lightened. It is not a pleasant noise in it- 
self, and I have often complained of it at other times; 
but just then it was like music to hear my friends snor- 

204 



M PIECES OF EIGHT" 

ing together so loud and peaceful in their sleep. The 
sea cry of the watch, that beautiful " All's well," never 
fell more reassuringly on my ear. 

In the meantime, there was no doubt of one thing; 
they kept an infamous bad watch, If it had been Silver 
and his lads that were now creeping in on them, not a 
soul would have seen daybreak. That was what it was, 
thought I, to have the captain wounded; and again I 
blamed myself sharply for leaving them in that danger 
with so few to mount guard. 

By this time I had got to the door and stood up. All 
was dark within, so that I could distinguish nothing by 
the eye. As for sounds, there was the steady drone of 
the snorers, and a small occasional noise, a flickering or 
pecking that I could in no way account for. 

With my arms before me I walked steadily in. I should 
lie down in my own place (I thought, with a silent 
chuckle) and enjoy their faces when they found me in 
the morning* 

My foot struck something yielding— it was a sleeper's 
leg; and he turned and groaned, but without awaken- 
ing. 

And then, all of a sudden, a shrill voice broke forth 
out of the darkness : 

" Pieces of eight! pieces of eight! pieces of eight! 
pieces of eight! pieces of eight! " and so forth, without 
pause or change, like the clacking of a tiny mill. 

Silver's green parrot, Captain Flint ! It was she whom 
I had heard pecking at a piece of bark ; it was she, keep- 
ing better watch than any human being, who thus an- 
nounced my arrival with her wearisome refrain. 

I had no time left me to recover. At the sharp, clip* 
205 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ping tone of the parrot, the sleepers awoke and sprang 
up ; and with a mighty oath, the voice of Silver cried : 

" Who goes?" 

I turned to run, struck violently against one person, 
recoiled, and ran full into the arms of a second, who, for 
his part, closed upon and held me tight. 

" Bring a torch, Dick," said Silver, when my capture 
was thus assured. 

And one of the men left the log-house, and presently 
returned with a lighted brand. 



206 



PART VI 
CAPTAIN SILVER 



CHAPTER XXVIil 

IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 

TWfi red glare of the torch, lighting up the interior 
of the block-house, showed me the worst of my 
apprehensions realised. The pirates were in possession 
of the house and stores : there was the cask of cognac, 
there were the pork and bread, as before; and, what 
tenfold increased my horror, not a sign of any prisoner. 
5 could only judge that all had perished, and my heart 
smote me sorely that I had not been there to perish with 
them. 

There were six of the buccaneers, all told; not an- 
other man was left alive. Five of them were on their 
feet, flushed and swollen, suddenly called out of the first 
sleep of drunkenness. The sixth had only risen upon 
his elbow; he was deadly pale, and the blood-stained 
bandage round his head told that he had recently been 
wounded, and still more recently dressed. I remembered 
the man who had been shot and had run back among 
the woods in the great attack, and doubted not that this 
was he. 

The parrot sat, preening her plumage, on Long John's 
shoulder. He himself, I thought, looked somewhat paler 
and more stern than I Was used to. He still wore the 
fine broadcloth suit in which he had fulfilled his mission, 

2 Op 



TREASURE ISLAND 

but it was bitterly the worse for wear, daubed with clay 
and torn with the sharp briers of the wood. 

"So," said he, " here's Jim Hawkins, shiver my tim- 
bers! dropped in, like, eh? Well, come, I take that 
friendly." 

And thereupon he sat down across the brandy cask, 
and began to fill a pipe. 

' ' Give me a loan of the link, Dick, " said he ; and then, 
when he had a good light, " That'll do, lad," he added; 
" stick the glim in the wood heap ; and you, gentlemen, 
bring yourselves to! — you needn't stand up for Mr. 
Hawkins; be' 11 excuse you, you may lay to that. And 
so, Jim " — stopping the tobacco — " here you were, and 
quite a pleasant surprise for poor old John. I see you 
were smart when first I set my eyes on you ; but this 
here gets away from me clean, it do." 

To all this, as may be well supposed, I made no an- 
swer. They had set me with my back against the wall ; 
and I stood there, looking Silver in the face, pluckily 
enough, I hope, to all outward appearance, but with 
black despair in my heart. 

Silver took a whiff or two of his pipe with great com- 
posure, and then ran on again. 

"Now, you see, Jim, so be as you are here," says he, 
"I'll give you a piece of my mind. I've always liked 
you, I have, for a lad of spirit, and the picter of my own 
self when I was young and handsome. I always wanted 
you to jine and take your share, and die a gentleman, 
and now, my cock, you've got to. Cap'n Smollett's a 
fine seaman, as I'll own up to any day, but stiff on dis- 
cipline. 'Dooty is dooty,' says he, and right he is. 
Just you keep clear of the cap'n. The doctor himself is 



IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 

gone dead again you — ' ungrateful scamp ' was what he 
said ; and the short and the long of the whole story is 
about here: you can't go back to your own lot, for they 
won't have you ; and, without you start a third ship's 
company all by yourself, which might be lonely, you'll 
have to jine with Cap'n Silver." 

So far so good. My friends, then, were still alive, 
and though I partly believed the truth of Silver's state- 
ment, that the cabin party were incensed at me for my 
desertion, I was more relieved than distressed by what 
I heard. 

" I don't say nothing as to your being in our hands," 
continued Silver, ''though there you are, and you may 
lay to it. I'm all for argyment; I never seen good come 
out o' threatening. If you like the service, well, you'll 
jine; and if you don't, Jim, why, you're free to answer 
no — free and welcome, shipmate; and if fairer can be 
said by mortal seaman, shiver my sides ! " 

"Am I to answer then ?" I asked, with a very trem- 
ulous voice. Through all this sneering talk, I was made 
to feel the threat of death that overhung me, and my 
cheeks burned and my heart beat painfully in my breast. 

"Lad," said Silver, "no one's a-pressing of you. 
Take your bearings. None of us won't hurry you, 
mate; time goes so pleasant in your company, you see." 

"Well," says I, growing a bit bolder, "if I'm to 
choose, I declare I have a right to know what's what 
and why you're here, and where my friends are." 

" Wot's wot?" repeated one of the buccaneers, in a 
deep growl. "Ah, he'd be a lucky one as knowed 
that!" 

" You'll, perhaps, batten down your hatches till you're 



TREASURE ISLAND 

spoke to, my friend," cried Silver truculently to this 
speaker. And then, in his first gracious tones, he re- 
plied to me: "Yesterday morning, Mr. Hawkins," said 
he, "in the dog-watch, down came Dr. Livesey with a 
flag of truce. Says he, ' Cap'n Silver, you're sold out. 
Ship's gone/ Well, maybe we'd been taking a glass, 
and a song to help it round. I won't say no. Least- 
ways, none of us had looked out We looked out, and 
by thunder! the old ship was gone. I never seen a pack 
o' fools look fishier ; and you may lay to that, if I tells 
you that looked the fishiest. 'Well,' says the doctor, 
'let's bargain.' We bargained, him and I, and here we 
are : stores, brandy, block-house, the firewood you was 
thoughtful enough to cut, and, in a manner of speaking, 
the whole blessed boat, from cross-trees to keelson. As 
for them, they've tramped; I don't know where's they 
are." 

He drew again quietly at his pipe. 

"And lest you should take it into that head of yours," 
he went on, "that you was included in the treaty, here's 
the last word that was said : ' How many are you/ says 
I, 'to leave ?' 'Four/ says he — 'four, and one of us 
wounded. As for that boy, I don't know where he is, 
confound him,' says he, ' nor I don't much care. We're 
about sick of him.' These was his words." 

"Is that all?" I asked. 

"Weil, it's all that you're to hear, my son," returned 
Silver. 

"And now I am to choose ?" 

"And now you are to choose, and you may lay to 
that," said Silver. 

"Well," said I, "I am not such a fool but I know 

212 



IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 

pretty well what I have to look for. Let the worst come 
to the worst, it's little I care* I've seen too many die 
since I fell in with you. But there's a thing or two I 
have to tell you," I said, and by this time I was quite 
excited; "and the first is this: here you are, in a bad 
way: ship lost, treasure lost, men lost; your whole 
business gone to wreck; and if you want to know who 
did it — it was 1! 1 was in the apple barrel the night 
we sighted land, and I heard you, John, and you, Dick 
Johnson, and Hands, who is now at the bottom of the 
sea, and told every word you said before the hour was 
out. And as for the schooner, it was 1 who cut her 
cable, and it was I that killed the men you had aboard 
of her, and it was I who brought her where you'll never 
see her more, not one of you. The laugh's on my side; 
I've had the top of this business from the first ; I no more 
fear you than I fear a fly. Kill me, if you please, or spare 
me. But one thing I'll say, and no more; if you spare 
me, bygones are bygones, and when you fellows are in 
court for piracy, I'll save you all I can. It is for you to 
choose. Kill another and do yourselves no good, or 
spare me and keep a witness to save you from the 
gallows." 

I stopped, for, I tell you, I was out of breath, and, to 
my wonder, not a man of them moved, but all sat star- 
ing at me like as many sheep. And while they were still 
staring, I broke out again : 

"And now, Mr. Silver," I said, "I believe you're the 
best man here, and if things go to the worst, I'll take it 
kind of you to let the doctor know the way I took it." 

"111 bear it in mind," said Silver, with an accent so 
curious that I could not, for the life of me, decide whether 

213 



TREASURE ISLAND 

he were laughing at my request, or had been favourably 
affected by my courage. 

"Ill put one to that," cried the old mahogany-faced 
seaman — Morgan by name — whom 1 had seen in Long 
John's public-house upon the quays of Bristol. " It was 
him that knowed Black Dog." 

" Well, and see here," added the sea-cook. " I'll put 
another again to that, by thunder! for it was this same 
boy that faked the chart from Billy Bones. First and 
last, we've split upon Jim Hawkins ! " 

"Then here goes! " said Morgan, with an oath. 

And he sprang up, drawing his knife as if he had been 
twenty. 

" Avast, there!" cried Silver. "Who are you, Tom 
Morgan ? Maybe you thought you was cap'n here, per- 
haps. By the powers, but I'll teach you better! Cross 
me, and you'll go where many a good man's gone be- 
fore you, first and last, these thirty year back — some to 
the yard-arm, shiver my timbers ! and some by the board, 
and all to feed the fishes. There's never a man looked 
me between the eyes and seen a good day a'terwards, 
Tom Morgan, you may lay to that." 

Morgan paused ; but a hoarse murmur rose from the 
others. 

"Tom's right," said one. 

"I stood hazing long enough from one," added an- 
other. " I'll be hanged if I'll be hazed by you, John 
Silver." 

" Did any of you gentlemen want to have it out with 
me ? " roared Silver, bending far forward from his posi- 
tion on the keg, with his pipe still glowing in his right 
hand. " Put a name on what you're at ; you ain't dumb, 

214 



IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 

I reckon. Him that wants shall get it. Have I lived this 
many years, and a son of a rum puncheon cock his hat 
athwart my hawse at the latter end of it ? You know 
the way; you're all gentlemen o' fortune, by your ac- 
count. Well, I'm ready. Take a cutlass, him that dares, 
and I'll see the colour of his inside, crutch and all, before 
that pipe's empty." 

Not a man stirred ; not a man answered. 

"That's your sort, is it?" he added, returning his 
pipe to his mouth. "Well, you're a gay lot to look at, 
anyway. Not much worth to fight, you ain't. P'r'aps 
you can understand King George's English. I'm cap'n 
here by 'lection. I'm cap'n here because I'm the best 
man by a long sea-mile. You won't fight, as gentlemen 
o' fortune should; then, by thunder, you'll obey, and 
you may lay to it ! I like that boy, now ; I never seen a 
better boy than that. He's more a man than any pair 
of rats of you in this here house, and what I say is this: 
let me see him that'll lay a hand on him — that's what I 
say, and you may lay to it." 

There was a long pause after this. I stood straight 
up against the wall, my heart still going like a sledge- 
hammer, but with a ray of hope now shining in my 
bosom. Silver leant back against the wall, his arms 
crossed, his pipe in the corner of his mouth, as calm as 
though he had been in church ; yet his eye kept wander- 
ing furtively, and he kept the tail of it on his unruly fol- 
lowers. They, on their part, drew gradually together 
towards the far end of the block-house, and the low hiss 
of their whispering sounded in my ear continuously, 
like a stream. One after another, they would look up, 
and the red light of the torch would fall for a secop^ on 

215 



TREASURE ISLAND 

their nervous faces ; but it was not towards me, it was 
towards Silver that they turned their eyes. 

"You seem to have a lot to say," remarked Silver, 
spitting ut into the air. " Pipe up and let me hear it, or 
lay to." 

"Ax your pardon, sir," returned one of the men, 
" you're pretty free with some of the rules; maybe you'll 
kindly keep an eye upon the rest. This crew's dissatis- 
fied; this crew don't vally bullying a marlinspike; this 
crew has its rights like other crews, I'll make so free as 
that ; and by your own rules, 1 take it we can talk to- 
gether. I ax your pardon, sir, acknowledging you for 
to be capting at this present ; but I claim my right, and 
eteps outside for a council." 

And with an elaborate sea-salute, this fellow, a long, 
ill-looking, yellow-eyed man of five and thirty, stepped 
coolly towards the door and disappeared out of the house. 
One after another, the rest followed his example; each 
making a salute as he passed ; each adding some apology. 
"According to rules," said one. "Fo'c's'le council," 
said Morgan. And so with one remark or another, all 
marched out, and left Silver and me alone with the 
torch. 

The sea-cook instantly removed his pipe. 

"Now, look you here, Jim Hawkins," he said, in a 
steady whisper, that was no more than audible, "you're 
within half a plank of death, and, what's a long sight 
worse, of torture. They're going to throw me off. But, 
you mark, I stand by you through thick and thin. I 
didn't mean to; no, not till you spoke up. I was about 
desperate to lose that much blunt, and be hanged into 
the bargain. But I see you was the right sort. I says 

216 



IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 

to myself: You stand by Hawkins, John, and Hawkins '11 
stand by you. You're his last card, and, by the living 
thunder, John, he's yours! Back to back, says I. You 
save your witness, and he'll save your neck! " 

I began dimly to understand. 

"You mean all's lost?" I asked. 

"Ay, by gum, I do!" he answered. "Ship gone, 
neck gone — that's the size of it. Once I looked into 
that bay, Jim Hawkins, and seen no schooner — well, 
I'm tough, but I gave out. As for that lot and their 
council, mark me, they're outright fools and cowards. 
Til save your life — if so be as I can — from them. But, 
see here, Jim — tit for tat — you save Long John from 
swinging." 

I was bewildered ; it seemed a thing so hopeless he 
was asking — he, the old buccaneer, the ringleader 
throughout. 

"What 1 can do, that I'll do," 1 said. 

" It's a bargain ! " cried Long John. " You speak up 
plucky, and, by thunder! I've a chance." 

He hobbled to the torch, where it stood propped 
among the firewood, and took a fresh light to his pipe. 

"Understand me, Jim," he said, returning. "I've a 
head on my shoulders, I have. I'm on squire's side now. 
I know you've got that ship safe somewheres. How 
you done it, I don't know, but safe it is. I guess Hands 
and O'Brien turned soft. I never much believed in 
neither of them. Now you mark me. I ask no ques- 
tions, nor I won't let others. I know when a game's 
up, I do ; and I know a lad that's staunch. Ah, you 
that's young — you and me might have done a power 
of good together! " 

217 



TREASURE ISLAND 

He drew some cognac from the cask into a tin canikin. 

"Will you taste, messmate ?" he asked; and when I 
had refused: "Well, I'll take a drain myself, Jim," said 
he. "I need a caulker, for there's trouble on hand. 
And, talking o' trouble, why did that doctor give me 
the chart, Jim?" 

My face expressed a wonder so unaffected that he 
saw the needlessness of further questions. 

"Ah, well, he did, though," said he. "And there's 
something under that, no doubt — something, surely, 
under that, Jim — bad or good." 

And he took another swallow of the brandy, shaking 
his great fair head like a man who looks forward to the 
worst. 



21 & 



CHAPTER XXIX 

THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 

The council of the buccaneers had lasted some time, 
when one of them re-entered the house, and with a 
repetition of the same salute, which had in my eyes an 
ironical air, begged for a moment's loan of the torch. 
Silver briefly agreed; and this emissary retired again, 
leaving us together in the dark. 

"There's a breeze coming, Jim," said Silver, who 
had, by this time, adopted quite a friendly and familiar 
tone. 

1 turned to the loophole nearest me and looked out. 
The embers of the great fire had so far burned themselves 
out, and now glowed so low and duskily, that I under- 
stood why these conspirators desired a torch. About 
half way down the slope to the stockade, they were 
collected in a group; one held the light; another was on 
his knees in their midst, and I saw the blade of an open 
knife shine in his hand with varying colours, in the 
moon and torchlight. The rest were all somewhat 
stooping, as though watching the manoeuvres of this 
last. I could just make out that he had a book as well 
as a knife in his hand; and was still v/ondering how 
anything so incongruous had come in their possession, 
when the kneeling figure rose once more to his feet, 

JU9 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and the whole party began to move together towards 
the house. 

" Here they come," said I; and I returned to my for- 
mer position, for it seemed beneath my dignity that they 
should find me watching them. 

" Well, let 'em come, lad — let 'em come," said Sil- 
ver, cheerily. " I've still a shot in my locker." 

The door opened, and the five men, standing huddled 
together just inside, pushed one of their number for- 
ward. In any other circumstances it would have been 
comical to see his slow advance, hesitating as he set 
down each foot, but holding his closed right hand in 
front of him. 

* ' Step up, lad, " cried Silver. ' ' I won't eat you. Hand 
it over, lubber. I know the rules, I do; I won't hurt a 
depytation." 

Thus encouraged, the buccaneer stepped forth more 
briskly, and having passed something to Silver, from 
hand to hand, slipped yet more smartly back again to 
his companions. 

The sea-cook looked at what had been given him. 

"The black spot! I thought so," he observed. 
4 'Where might you have got the paper? Why, hillo! 
look here, now : this ain't lucky ! You've gone and cut 
this out of a Bible. What fool's cut a Bible ?" 

" Ah, there!" said Morgan — " there! Wot did I say? 
No good'll come o' that, I said." 

** Well, you've about fixed it now, among you," con- 
tinued Silver. "You'll all swing now, I reckon. What 
soft-headed lubber had a Bible ?'* 

" It was Dick," said one. 

"Dick, was it ? Then Dick can get to prayers," said 
220 



THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 

Silver. " He's seen his slice of luck, has Dick, and you 
may lay to that." 

But here the long man with the yellow eyes struck in. 

' ( Belay that talk, John Silver," he said. "This crew 
has tipped you the black spot in full council, as in dooty 
bound; just you turn it over, as in dooty bound, and 
see what's wrote there. Then you can talk." 

"Thanky, George," replied the sea-cook. "You al- 
ways was brisk for business, and has the rules by heart, 
George, as I'm pleased to see. Well, what is it, any- 
way? Ah! 'Deposed' — that's it, is it? Very pretty 
wrote, to be sure ; like print, I swear. Your hand o' write 
George ? Why, you was gettin' quite a leadin* man in 
this here crew. You'll be cap'n next, I shouldn't won- 
der. Just oblige me with that torch again, will you ? 
this pipe don't draw/' 

"Come, now," said George, "you don't fool this 
crew no more. You're a funny man, by your account; 
but you're over now, and you'll maybe step down off 
that barrel, and help vote." 

" I thought you said you knowed the rules/* returned 
Silver, contemptuously, "Leastways, if you don't, I 
do; and I wait here — and I'm still your cap'n, mind — 
till you outs with your grievances, and I reply, in the 
meantime, your black spot ain't worth a biscuit. After 
that, we'll see." 

"Oh," replied George, "you don't be under no kind 
of apprehension ; we 're all square, we are. First, you've 
made a hash of this cruise — you'll be a bold man to say 
no to that. Second, you let the enemy out o' this here 
trap for nothing. Why did they want out ? I dunno ; 
but it's pretty plain they wanted it. Third, you would- 



TREASURE ISLAND 

n't let us go at them upon the march. Oh, we see 
through you, John Silver; you want to play booty, that's 
what's wrong with you. And then, fourth, there's this 
here boy." 

"Is that all?" asked Silver, quietly. 

" Enough, too," retorted George. " We'll all swing 
and sun-dry for your bungling." 

"Well, now, look here, I'll answer these four p'ints; 
one after another I'll answer 'em. I made a hash o' this 
cruise, did I ? Well, now, you all know what I wanted ; 
and you all know, if that had been done, that we'd 'a' 
been aboard the Hispantola this night as ever was, every 
man of us alive, and fit, and full of good plum-duff, and 
the treasure in the hold of her, by thunder! Well, who 
crossed me ? Who forced my hand, as was the lawful 
cap'n ? Who tipped me the black spot the day we 
landed, and began this dance ? Ah, it's a fine dance — 
I'm with you there — and looks mighty like a hornpipe 
in a rope's end at Execution Dock by London town, it 
does. But who done it ? Why, it was Anderson, and 
Hands, and you, George Merry! And you're the last 
above board of that same meddling crew ; and you have 
the Davy Jones's insolence to up and stand for cap'n 
over me — you, that sank the lot of us ! By the powers ! 
but this tops the stiffest yarn to nothing." 

Silver paused, and I could see by the faces of George 
and his late comrades that these words had not been 
said in vain. 

"That's for number one," cried the accused, wiping 
the sweat from his brow, for he had been talking with 
a vehemence that shook the house. "Why, I give you 
my word, I'm sick to speak to you. You've neither 



THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 

sense nor memory, and I leave it to fancy where your 
mothers was that let you come to sea. Sea! Gentle- 
tlemen o' fortune! I reckon tailors is your trade." 

"Go on t John," said Morgan. " Speak up to the 
others." 

"Ah, the others!" returned John. "They're a nice 
lot, ain't they ? You say this cruise is bungled. Ah ! 
by gum, if you could understand how bad it's bungled, 
you would see! We're that near the gibbet that my 
neck's stiff with thinking on it. You've seen 'em, 
maybe, hanged in chains, birds about 'em, seamen p'int- 
ing 'em out as they go down with the tide. ' Who's 
that?' says one. 'That! Why, that's John Silver. I 
knowed him well, ' says another. And you can hear 
the chains a-jangle as you go about and reach for the 
other buoy. Now, that's about where we are, every 
mother's son of us, thanks to him, and Hands, and An- 
derson, and other ruination fools of you. And if you 
want to know about number four, and that boy, why, 
shiver my timbers ! isn't he a hostage ? Are we a-going 
to waste a hostage ? No, not us ; he might be our last 
chance, and I shouldn't wonder. Kill that boy ? not 
me, mates! And number three? Ah, well, there's a 
deal to say to number three. Maybe you don't count it 
nothing to have a real college doctor come to see you 
everyday — you, John, with your head broke — or you, 
George Merry, that had the ague shakes upon you not 
six hours agone, and has your eyes the colour of lemon 
peel to this same moment on the clock ? And may be, 
perhaps, you didn't know there was a consort coming, 
either? But there is; and not so long till then; and 
we'll see who'll be glad to have a hostage when it comes 

223 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ti that. And as for number two, and why I made a 
bargain — well, you came crawling on your knees to 
me to make it — on your knees you came, you was that 
downhearted — and you'd have starved, too, if I hadn't 
— but that's a trifle! you look there — that's why!" 

And he cast down upon the floor a paper that I in- 
stantly recognised — none other than the chart on yel- 
low paper, with the three red crosses, that 1 had found in 
the oilcloth at the bottom of the captain's chest. Why the 
doctor had given it to him was more than 1 could fancy. 

But if it were inexplicable to me, the appearance of 
the chart was incredible to the surviving mutineers. 
They leaped upon it like cats upon a mouse. It went 
from hand to hand, one tearing it from another ; and by 
the oaths and the cries and the childish laughter with 
which they accompanied their examination, you would 
have thought, not only they were fingering the very 
gold, but were at sea with it, besides, in safety. 

" Yes," said one, "that's Flint, sure enough. J. R, 
and a score below, with a clove hitch to it; so he done 
ever." 

" Mighty pretty," said George. " But how are we to 
get away with it, and us no ship ?" 

Silver suddenly sprang up, and supporting himself 
with a hand against the wall: "Now 1 give you warn- 
ing, George, "he cried. ' ' One more word of your sauce, 
and I'll call you down and fight you. How ? Why, 
how do I know ? You had ought to tell me that — you 
and the rest, that lost me my schooner, with your in- 
terference, burn you! But not you, you can't; you hain't 
got the invention of a cockroach. But civil you can 
speak, and shall, George Merry, you may lay to that™ 

224 




'YOU LOOK THERE! THAT'S WHY!' 



THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 

"That's fair enow," said the old man Morgan. 

" Fair! I reckon so," said the sea-cook. " You lost 
the ship; I found the treasure. Who's the better man 
at that ? And now I resign, by thunder! Elect whom 
you please to be your cap'n now; I'm done with it." 

" Silver! " they cried. " Barbecue for ever! Barbecue 
for cap'n!" 

" So that's the toon, is it ? " cried the cook. " George, 
1 reckon you'll have to wait another turn, friend; and 
lucky for you as I'm not a revengeful man. But that 
was never my way. And now, shipmates, this black 
spot ? 'Tain't much good now, is it ? Dick's crossed 
his luck and spoiled his Bible, and that's about ail." 

" It'll do to kiss the book on still, won't it ? " growled 
Dick, who was evidently uneasy at the curse he had 
brought upon himself. 

"A Bible with a bit cut out!" returned Silver, de- 
risively, "Not it. It don't bind no more'n a ballad- 
book. " 

"Don't it, though ?" cried Dick, with a sort of joy. 
"Well, I reckon that's worth having, too." 

" Here, jim — here's a cur'osity for you," said Silver; 
and he tossed me the paper. 

It was a round, about the size of a crown piece. One 
side was blank, for it had been the last leaf ; the other 
contained a verse or two of Revelation — these words 
among the rest, which struck sharply home upon my 
mind: " Without are dogs and murderers." The printed 
side had been blackened with wood ash, which already 
began to come off and soil my fingers; on the blank 
side had been written with the same material the one 
word " Depposed." I have that curiosity beside me at 

225 



TREASURE ISLAND 

this moment; but not a trace of writing now remains 
beyond a single scratch* such as a man might make 
with his thumb-nail 

That was the end of the night's business. Soon after, 
with a drink all round, we lay down to sleep, and the 
outside of Silver's vengeance was to put George Merry 
up for sentinel, and threaten him with death if he should 
prove unfaithful. 

It was long ere I could close an eye, and Heaven 
knows I had matter enough for thought in the man 
whom I had slain that afternoon, in my own most peril- 
ous position, and, above all, in the remarkable game 
that 1 saw Silver now engaged upon — keeping the mu- 
tineers together with one hand, and grasping, with the 
other, after every means, possible and impossible, to 
make his peace and save his miserable life. He himself 
slept peacefully, and snored aloud ; yet my heart was sore 
for him, wicked as he was, to think on the dark perils 
that environed, and the shameful gibbet that awaited 
him. 



.226 



CHAPTER XXX 

ON PAROLE 

I was wakened — indeed, we were all wakened, for I 
could see even the sentinel shake himself together from 
where he had fallen against the door-post — by a clear, 
hearty voice hailing us from the margin of the wood : — 

" Block-house, ahoy ! " it cried. " Here's the doctor." 

And the doctor it was. Although I was glad to hear 
the sound, yet my gladness was not without admixture. 
I remembered with confusion my insubordinate and 
stealthy conduct; and when I saw where it had brought 
me — among what companions and surrounded by what 
dangers — 1 felt ashamed to look him in the face. 

He must have risen in the dark, for the day had hardly 
come; and when I ran to a loophole and looked out, I 
saw him standing, like Silver once before, up to the 
mid-leg in creeping vapour. 

"You, doctor! Top o' the morning to you, sir!" 
cried Silver, broad awake and beaming with good nature 
in a moment "Bright and early, to be sure; and it's the 
early bird, as the saying goes, that gets the rations. 
George, shake up your timbers, son, and help Dr. Live- 
sey over the ship's side. All a~doin' well, your patients 
was — all well and merry." 

So he pattered on, standing on the hill-top, with his 
227 



TREASURE ISLAND 

crutch under his elbow, and one hand upon the side of 
the log-house— quite the old John in voice, manner, and 
expression. 

"We've quite a surprise for you, too, sir," he con- 
tinued. ' ( We've a little stranger here — he ! he ! A noo 
boarder and lodger, sir, and looking fit and taut as a 
fiddle; step' like a supercargo, he did, right alongside 
of John — stem to stem we was, all night" 

Dr. Livesey was by this time across the stockade and 
pretty near the cook ; and I could hear the alteration in 
his voice as he said : — 

"Not Jim?" 

" The very same Jim as ever was," says Silver. 

The doctor stopped outright, although he did not 
speak, and it was some seconds before he seemed able 
to move on. 

"Well, well," he said, at last, "duty first and pleas- 
ure afterwards, as you might have said yourself, Silver. 
Let us overhaul these patients of yours." 

A moment afterwards he had entered the block-house, 
and, with one grim nod to me, proceeded with his work 
among the sick. He seemed under no apprehension, 
though he must have known that his life, among these 
treacherous demons, depended on a hair; and he rattled 
on to his patients as if he were paying an ordinary pro- 
fessional visit in a quiet English family. His manner, I 
suppose, reacted on the men ; for they behaved to him 
as if nothing had occurred — as if he were still ship's 
doctor, and they still faithful hands before the mast. 

" You're doing well, my friend," he said to the fellow 
with the bandaged head, "and if ever any person had 
a close shave, it was you ; your head must be as hard 

228 



ON PAROLE 

as iron. Wefl, George, how goes it ? You're a pretty 
colour, certainly; why, your liver, man, is upside down. 
Did you take that medicine ? Did he take that medicine, 
men ? " 

"Ay, ay, sir, he took it, sure enough," returned 
Morgan. 

"Because, you see, since I am mutineers' doctor, or 
prison doctor, as I prefer to call it," says Doctor Livesey, 
in his pleasantest way, " I make it a point of honour not 
to lose a man for King George (God bless him !) and the 
gallows." 

The rogues looked at each other, but swallowed the 
home-thrust in silence. 

"Dick don't feel well, sir," said one. 

"Don't he?" replied the doctor. "Well, step up 
here, Dick, and let me see your tongue. No, I should 
be surprised if he did ! the man's tongue is fit to frighten 
the French. Another fever." 

"Ah, there," said Morgan, "that corned of sp'iling 
Bibles." 

1 ' That corned — as you call it — of being arrant asses, " 
retorted the doctor, "and not having sense enough to 
know honest air from poison, and the dry land from a 
vile, pestiferous slough. I think it most probable — 
though, of course, it's only an opinion — that you'll all 
have the deuce to pay before you get that malaria out of 
your systems. Camp in a bog, would you ? Silver, Fm 
surprised at you. You're less of a fool than many, take 
you all round ; but you don't appear to me to have the 
rudiments of a notion of the rules of health. 

"Well," he added, after he had dosed them round, 
and they had taken his prescriptions, with really laugh- 

229 



TREASURE ISLAND 

able humility, more like charity school-children than 
blood-guilty mutineers and pirates — " well, that's done 
for to-day. And now I should wish to have a talk with 
that boy, please." 

And he nodded his head in my direction carelessly. 

George Merry was at the door, spitting and spluttering 
over some bad-tasted medicine ; but at the first word of 
the doctor's proposal he swung round with a deep flush, 
and cried "No!" and swore. 

Silver struck the barrel with his open hand. 

"Si-lence!" he roared, and looked about him posi- 
tively like a lion. " Doctor," he went on, in his usual 
tones, "I was a-thinking of that, knowing as how you 
had a fancy for the boy. We're all humbly grateful for 
your kindness, and, as you see, puts faith in you, and 
takes the drugs down like that much grog. And J take 
it I've found a way as '11 suit all. Hawkins, will you 
give me your word of honour as a young gentleman — for 
a young gentleman you are, although poor born — your 
word of honour not to slip your cable ? " 

I readily gave the pledge required. 

"Then, doctor," said Silver, "you just step outside 
o J that stockade, and once you're there, I'll bring the 
boy down on the inside, and I reckon you can yarn 
through the spars. Good day to you, sir, and all our 
dooties to the squire and Cap'n Smollett." 

The explosion of disapproval, which nothing but Sil- 
ver's black looks had restrained, broke out immediately 
the doctor had left the house. Silver was roundly ac- 
cused of playing double — of trying to make a separate 
peace for himself — of sacrificing the interests of his ac- 
complices and victims; and, in one word, of the iden- 

230 



ON PAROLE 

tical, exact thing that he was doing. It seemed to me 
so obvious, in this case, that I could not imagine how 
he was to turn their anger. But he was twice the man 
the rest were; and his last night's victory had given him 
a huge preponderance on their minds. He called them 
all the fools and dolts you can imagine, said it was nec- 
essary I should talk to the doctor, fluttered the chart in 
their faces, asked them if they could afford to break the 
treaty the very day they were bound a-treasure-hunting. 

" No, by thunder ! " he cried, "it's us must break the 
treaty when the time comes; and till then I'll gammon 
that doctor, if I have to ile his boots with brandy." 

And then he bade them get the fire lit, and stalked out 
upon his crutch, with his hand on my shoulder, leaving 
them in a disarray, and silenced by his volubility rather 
than convinced. 

"Slow, lad, slow," he said. " They might round 
upon us in a twinkle of an eye, if we was seen to hurry." 

Very deliberately, then, did we advance across the 
sand to where the doctor awaited us on the other side 
of the stockade, and as soon as we were within easy 
speaking distance, Silver stopped. 

" You'll make a note of this here also, doctor," says 
he, "and the boy '11 tell you how I saved his life, and 
were deposed for it, too, and you may lay to that. 
Doctor, when a man's steering as near the wind as me 
— playing chuck-farthing with the last breath in his 
body, like — you wouldn't think it too much, mayhap, 
to give him one good word ? You'll please bear in 
mind it's not my life only now — it's that boy's into the 
bargain ; and you'll speak me fair, doctor, and give me 
a bit o' hope to go on, for the sake of mercy." 

231 



TREASURE ISLAN© 

Silver was a changed man, once he was #«t tfeere and 
had his back to his friends and the block-house ; his 
cheeks seemed to have fallen in, his voice trembled; 
never was a soul more dead in earnest. 

"Why, John, you're not afraid ? " asked Doctor Live- 
sey. 

" Doctor, I'm no coward; no, not I — not so much! " 
and he snapped his fingers. " If I was I wouldn't say 
it. But I'll own up fairly, I've the shakes upon me for 
the gallows. You're a good man and a true; I never 
seen a better man ! And you'll not forget what I done 
good, not any more than you'll forget the bad, I know. 
And I step aside — see here — and leave you and Jim 
alone. And you'll put that down for me, too, for it's a 
long stretch, is that! " 

So saying, he stepped back a little way, tiM he was 
out of earshot, and there sat down upon a tree-stump 
and began to whistle; spinning round now and again 
upon his seat so as to command a sight, sometimes of 
me and the doctor, and sometimes of his unruly ruffians 
as they went to and fro in the sand, between the fire — 
which they were busy rekindling — and the house, from 
which they brought forth pork and bread to make the 
breakfast. 

" So, Jim/' said the doctor, sadly, "here you are. As 
you have brewed, so shall you drink, my boy. Heaven 
knows, I cannot find it in my heart to blame you; but 
this much I will say, be it kind or unkind: when Cap- 
tain Smollett was well, you dared not have gone off ; 
and when he was ill, and couldn't help it, fey George, it 
was downright cowardly! " 

1 will own that I here began to weep. **D#ct#r," I 



j ON PAROLE 

said, "you might spare me. I have blamed myself 
enough; my life's forfeit anyway, and I should have 
been dead by now, if Silver hadn't stood for me; and 
doctor, believe this, I can die — and I daresay I deserve 
it — but what I fear is torture. If they come to tor- 
ture me " 

"Jim," the doctor interrupted, and his voice was quite 
changed, "Jim I can't have this. Whip over, and we'll 
run for it" 

"Doctor," said I, "I passed my word," 

"I know, I know," he cried. "We can't help that, 
Jim, now. I'll take it on my shoulders, holus bolus, 
blame and shame, my boy ; but stay here, I cannot let 
you. Jump! One jump, and you're out, and we'll run 
for it like antelopes." 

" No," 1 replied, " you know right well you wouldn't 
do the thing yourself ; neither you, nor squire, nor cap- 
tain; and no more will I. Silver trusted me; I passed 
my word, and back I go. But, doctor, you did not let 
me finish. If they come to torture me, I might let slip 
a word of where the ship is ; for I got the ship, part by 
luck and part by risking, and she lies in North Inlet, on 
the southern beach, and just below high water. At half 
tide she must be high and dry." 

"The ship! " exclaimed the doctor. 

Rapidly I described to him my adventures, and he 
heard me out in silence. 

"There is a kind of fate in this," he observed, when 
I had done. " Every step, it's you that saves our lives; 
and do you suppose by any chance that we are going to 
let you lose yours ? That would be a poor return, my 
boy. You found out the plot; you found Ben Gunn — 

233 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the best deed that ever you did, or will do, though you 
live to ninety. Oh, by Jupiter, and talking of Ben Gunn ! 
why, this is the mischief in person. Silver," he cried, 
* ' Silver ! — I'll give you a piece of advice, " he continued, 
as the cook drew near again ; " don't you be in any great 
hurry after that treasure." 

"Why, sir, I do my possible, which that ain't," said 
Silver. " I can only, asking your pardon, save my life 
and the boy's by seeking for that treasure; and you may 
lay to that." 

"Well, Silver," replied the doctor, " if that is so, I'll 
go one step further: look out for squalls when you 
find it." 

"Sir," said Silver, "as between man and man, that's 
too much and too little. What you're after, why you 
left the block-house, why you given me that there chart, 
I don't know, now, do I ? and yet I done your bidding 
with my eyes shut and never a word of hope! But no, 
this here's too much. If you won't tell me what you 
mean plain out, just say so, and I'll leave the helm." 

"No," said the doctor, musingly, "I've no right to 
say more ; it's not my secret, you see, Silver, or, I give 
you my word, I'd tell it you. But I'll go as far with 
you as I dare go, and a step beyond ; for I'll have my 
wig sorted by the captain or I'm mistaken ! And, first, 
I'll give you a bit of hope: Silver, if we both get alive 
out of this wolf-trap, I'll do my best to save you, short 
of perjury." 

Silver's face was radiant. "You couldn't say more, 
I'm sure, sir, not if you was my mother," he cried. 

"Well, that's my first concession," added the doctor. 
"My second is a piece of advice: Keep the boy close 

234 



ON PAROLE 

beside you, and when you need help, halloc. I'm off 
to seek it for you, and that itself will show you if I speak 
at random. Good-bye, Jim/' 

And Dr. Livesey shook hands with me through the 
stockade, nodded to Silver, and set off at a brisk pace 
into the wood- 



CHAPTER XXXI 

THE TREASURE HUNT— FLINT'S POINTER 

"Jim," said Silver, when we were alone, "if I saved 
your life, you saved mine; and I'll not forget it I seen 
the doctor waving you to run for it — with the tail of 
my eye, I did ; and I seen you say no, as plain as hear- 
ing. Jim, that's one to you. This is the first glint of 
hope I had since the attack failed, and I owe it you* 
And now, Jim, we're to go in for this here treasure- 
hunting, with sealed orders, too, and I don't like it; and 
you and me must stick close, back to back like, and 
we'll save our necks in spite o' fate and fortune." 

Just then a man hailed us from the fire that breakfast 
was ready, and we were soon seated here and there 
about the sand over biscuit and fried junk. They had 
lit a fire fit to roast an ox; and it was now grown so 
hot that they could only approach it from the windward, 
and even there not without precaution. In the same 
wasteful spirit, they had cooked, I suppose, three times 
more than we could eat; and one of them, with an 
empty laugh, threw what was left into the fire, which 
blazed and roared again over this unusual fuel. I never 
in my life saw men so careless of the morrow ; hand to 
mouth is the only word that can describe their way of 
doing; and what with wasted food and sleeping sen* 

?a6 



THE TREASURE HUNT — FLINT'S POINTER 

tries, though they were bold enough for a brush and be 
done with it, I could see their entire unfitness for any- 
thing like a prolonged campaign. 

Even Silver, eating away, with Captain Flint upon 
his shoulder, had not a word of blame for their reckless- 
ness. And this the more surprised me, for I thought 
he had never shown himself so cunning as he did then, 

4 'Ay, mates/' said he, "it's lucky you have Barbecue 
to think for you with this here head. I got what I 
wanted, I did. Sure enough, they have the ship. Where 
they have it, I don't know yet ; but once we hit the 
treasure, we'll have to jump about and find out. And 
then, mates, us that has the boats, I reckon, has the 
upper hand." 

Thus he kept running on, with his mouth full of the 
hot bacon : thus he restored their hope and confidence, 
and, 1 more than suspect, repaired his own at the same 
time. 

■ "As for hostage," he continued, "that's his last talk, 
1 guess, with them he loves so dear. I've got my piece 
o' news, and thanky to him for that ; but it's over and 
done. Ill take him in a line when we go treasure-hunt- 
ing, forwe'H keep him like so much gold, in case of 
accidents, you mark, and in the meantime. Once we 
got the ship and treasure both, and off to sea like jolly 
companions, why, then, we'll talk Mr. Hawkins over, 
we will, and we'll give him his share, to be sure, for aH 
his kindness." 

It was no wonder the men were in a good humour 
now- For my part, I was horribly cast down. Should 
the scheme he had now sketched prove feasible, Silver, 
already doubly a traitor, w T ou!d not hesitate to adopt it 



TREASURE ISLAND 

He had still a foot in either camp, and there was no 
doubt he would prefer wealth and freedom with the 
pirates to a bare escape from hanging, which was the 
best he had to hope on our side. 

Nay, and even if things so fell out that he was forced 
to keep his faith with Dr. Livesey, even then what dan- 
ger lay before us ! What a moment that would be when 
the suspicions of his followers turned to certainty, and 
he and I should have to fight for dear life — he, a crip- 
ple, and I, a boy — against five strong and active sea- 
men! 

Add to this double apprehension, the mystery that 
still hung over the behaviour of my friends ; their unex- 
plained desertion of the stockade; their inexplicable 
cession of the chart; or, harder still to understand, the 
doctor's last warning to Silver, "Look out for squalls 
when you find it;" and you will readily believe how 
little taste I found in my breakfast, and with how un- 
easy a heart I set forth behind my captors on the quest 
for treasure. 

We made a curious figure, had any one been there to 
see us ; all in soiled sailor clothes, and all but me armed 
to the teeth. Silver had two guns slung about him — 
one before and one behind — besides the great cutlass 
at his waist, and a pistol in each pocket of his square- 
tailed coat. To complete his strange appearance, Cap- 
tain Flint sat perched upon his shoulder and gabbling 
odds and ends of purposeless sea-talk. I had a line 
about my waist, and followed obediently after the sea- 
cook, who held the loose end of the rope, now in his 
free hand, now between his powerful teeth. For all the 
world, I was led like a dancing bear. 

s;8 



THE TREASURE HUNT — FLINT'S POINTER 

The other men were variously burthened ; some carry- 
ing picks and shovels — for that had been the very first 
necessary they brought ashore from the Hispaniola — • 
others laden with pork, bread, and brandy for the mid- 
day meal. All the stores, I observed, came from our 
stock; and I could see the truth of Silver's words the 
night before. Had he not struck a bargain with the 
doctor, he and his mutineers, deserted by the ship, must 
have been driven to subsist on clear water and the 
proceeds of their hunting. Water would have been 
little to their taste ; a sailor is not usually a good shot ; 
and, besides all that, when they were so short of eat- 
ables, it was not likely they would be very flush of 
powder. 

Well, thus equipped, we all set out — even the fellow 
with the broken head, who should certainly have kept 
in shadow — and straggled, one after another, to the 
beach, where the two gigs awaited us. Even these 
bore trace of the drunken folly of the pirates, one in a 
broken thwart, and both in their muddy and unbailed 
condition. Both were to be carried along with us, for 
the sake of safety; and so, with our numbers divided 
between them, we set forth upon the bosom of the an- 
chorage. 

As we pulled over, there was some discussion on the 
chart. The red cross was, of course, far too large to be 
a guide; and the terms of the note on the back, as you 
will hear, admitted of some ambiguity. They ran, the 
reader may remember, thus :■ — 

" Tall tree, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to the N. of N.N.E. 
" Skeleton island E.S.E. and by E. 
" Ten feet" 

239 



TREASURE ISLAND 

A tafl tree was thus the principal mark. Now, right 
before us, the anchorage was bounded by a plateau from 
two to three hundred feet high, adjoining on the north 
the sloping southern shoulder of the Spy-glass, and ris- 
ing again towards the south into the rough, cliffy emi- 
nence called the Mizzen-mast Hill. The top of the pla- 
teau was dotted thickly with pine trees of varying height. 
Every here and there, one of a different species rose forty 
or fifty feet clear above its neighbours, and which of 
these was the particular "tall tree" of Captain Flint 
could only be decided on the spot, and by the readings 
of the compass. 

Yet, although that was the case, every man on board 
the boats had picked a favourite of his own ere we 
were half way over, Long John alone shrugging his 
shoulders and bidding them wait till they were there. 

We pulled easily, by Silver's directions, not to weary 
the hands prematurely ; and, after quite a long passage, 
landed at the mouth of the second river — that which 
runs down a woody cleft of the Spy-glass. Thence, 
bending to our left, we began to ascend the slope 
towards the plateau. 

At the first outset, heavy, miry ground and a matted, 
marish vegetation, greatly delayed our progress ; but by 
little and little the hill began to steepen and become 
stony under foot, and the wood to change its character 
and to grow in a more open order. It was, indeed, a 
most pleasant portion of the island that we were now 
approaching. A heavy-scented broom and many flow- 
ering shrubs had almost taken the place of grass. 
Thickets of green nutmeg trees were dotted here and 
there with the red columns and the broad shadow of 

240 



THE TREASURE HUNT — FLINT'S POINTER 

the pines; and the first mingled their spice with the 
aroma of the others. The air, besides, was fresh and 
stirring, and this, under the sheer sunbeams, was a 
wonderful refreshment to our senses. 

The party spread itself abroad, in a fan shape, shout- 
ing and leaping to and fro. About the centre, and a 
good way behind the rest, Silver and I followed — I 
tethered by my rope, he ploughing, with deep pants, 
among the sliding gravel. From time to time, indeed, 
I had to lend him a hand, or he must have missed his 
footing and fallen backward down the hill. 

We had thus proceeded for about half a mile, and 
were approaching the brow of the plateau, when the 
man upon the farthest left began to cry aloud, as if in 
terror. Shout after shout came from him, and the others 
began to run in his direction. 

" He can't 'a' found the treasure/' said old Morgan, 
hurrying past us from the right, "for that's clean a-top." 

Indeed, as we found when we also reached the spot, 
it was something very different. At the foot of a pretty 
big pine, and involved in a green creeper, which had 
even partly lifted some of the smaller bones, a human 
skeleton lay, with a few shreds of clothing, on the 
ground. I believe a chill struck for a moment to every 
heart 

'■ He was a seaman/' said George Merry, who, bolder 
than the rest, had gone up close, and was examining 
the rags of clothing. ' ' Leastways, this is good sea- 
cloth." 

"Ay, ay/' said Silver, "like enough; you wouldn't 
look to find a bishop here, I reckon. But what sort of 
a way is that for bones to lie ? 'Tain't in natur'. * 

241 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Indeed, on a second glance, it seemed impossible to 
fancy that the body was in a natural position. But for 
some disarray (the work, perhaps, of the birds that had 
fed upon him, or of the slow-growing creeper that had 
gradually enveloped his remains) the man lay perfectly 
straight — his feet pointing in one direction, his hands, 
raised above his head like a diver's, pointing directly in 
the opposite. 

"I've taken a notion into my old numskull, " ob- 
served Silver. "Here's the compass; there's the tip- 
top p'int o' Skeleton Island, stickin' out like a tooth. 
Just take a bearing, will you, along the line of them 
bones." 

It was done. The body pointed straight in the direc- 
tion of the island, and the compass read duly E.S.E. and 
by E. 

' ' I thought so, " cried the cook ; ' ' this here is a p'inter. 
Right up there is our line for the Pole Star and the jolly 
dollars. But, by thunder! if it don't make me cold in- 
side to think of Flint. This is one of his jokes, and no 
mistake. Him and these six was alone here; he killed 
'em, every man ; and this one he hauled here and laid 
down by compass, shiver my timbers! They're long 
bones, and the hair's been yellow. Ay, that would be 
Allardyce. You mind Allardyce, Tom Morgan ? " 

"Ay, ay," returned Morgan, "I mind him; he owed 
me money, he did, and took my knife ashore with him." 

"Speaking of knives," said another, "why don't we 
find his'n lying round ? Flint warn't the man to pick a 
seaman's pocket; and the birds, I guess, would leave 
it be." 

"By the powers, and that's true!" cried Silver. 
242 




'THERE AIN'T A THING LEFT HERE," SAID MERRY, STILL 
FEELING AROUND AMONG THE BONES 



THE TREASURE HUNT— FLINT'S POINTER 

" There ain't a thing left here," said Merry, still feel- 
ing round among the bones, ''not a copper doit nor a 
baccy box, It don't look nat'ral to me." 

"No, by gum, it don't," agreed Silver; "not nat'ral, 
nor not nice, says you. Great guns! messmates, but 
if Flint was living, this would be a hot spot for you and 
me. Six they were, and six are we; and bones is what 
they are now." > 

"I saw him dead with these here dead-lights," said 
Morgan. ' ' Billy took me in. There he laid, with penny- 
pieces on his eyes." 

"Dead — ay, sure enough he's dead and gone below, " 
said the fellow with the bandage; "but if ever sperrit 
walked, it would be Flint's. Dear heart, but he died 
bad, did Flint!" 

"Ay, that he did," observed another; "now he 
raged, and now he hollered for the rum, and now he 
sang. ' Fifteen Men " were his only song, mates ; and I 
tell you true, 1 never rightly liked to hear it since. It was 
main hot, and the windy was open, and I hear that old 
song comin' out as clear as clear — and the death-haul 
on the man already." 

"Come, come," said Silver, "stow this talk. He's 
dead, and he don't walk, that I know; leastways, he 
won't walk by day, and you may lay to that. Care 
killed a cat Fetch ahead for the doubloons." 

We started, certainly ; but in spite of the hot sun and 
the staring daylight, the pirates no longer ran separate 
and shouting through the wood, but kept side by side 
and spoke with bated breath. The terror of the dead 
buccaneer had fallen on their spirits. 



243 



CHAPTER XXXH 

THE TREASURE HUNT — THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

Partly from the damping influence of this alarm, 
partly to rest Silver and the sick folk, the whole party 
sat down as soon as they had gained the brow of the 
ascent 

The plateau being somewhat tilted towards the west, 
this spot on which we had paused commanded a wide 
prospect on either hand. Before us, over the tree-tops, 
we beheld the Cape of the Woods fringed with surf ; 
behind, we not only looked down upon the anchorage 
and Skeleton Island, but saw — clear across the spit and 
the eastern lowlands — a great field of open sea upon 
the east. Sheer above us rose the Spy-glass, here dotted 
with single pines, there black with precipices. There 
was no sound but that of the distant breakers, mount- 
ing from all round, and the chirp of countless insects in 
the brush. Not a man, not a sail upon the sea; the very 
largeness of the view increased the sense of solitude. 

Silver, as he sat, took certain bearings with his com- 
pass. 

" There are three 'tall trees/" said he, " about in the 
right line from Skeleton Island. 'Spy-glass Shoulder/ 
I take it, means that lower p'int there. It's child's play 
to find the stuff now. I've half a mind to dine first/' 

244 



THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

"I don't feel sharp," growled Morgan. "Thinkin' 
o 5 Flint — 1 think it were — as done me." 

"Ah, well, my son, you praise your stars he's dead," 
said Silver. 

" He were an ugly devil," cried a third pirate, with a 
shudder; "that blue in the face, too! " 

"That was how the rum took him," added Merry. 
"Blue! well, I reckon he was blue. That's a true 
word." 

Ever since they had found the skeleton and got upon 
this train of thought, they had spoken lower and lower* 
and they had almost got to whispering by now, so that 
the sound of their talk hardly interrupted the silence of 
the wood. All of a sudden, out of the middle of the 
trees in front of us, a thin, high, trembling voice struck 
up the well-known air and words : — 

** Fifteen men on the dead man's chest — 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum ! " 

1 never have seen men more dreadfully affected than 
the pirates. The colour went from their six faces like 
enchantment; some leaped to their feet, some clawed 
hold of others ; Morgan grovelled on the ground- 

" It's Flint, by ! " cried Merry. 

The song had stopped as suddenly as it began — 
broken off, you would have said, in the middle of a 
note, as though some one had laid his hand upon the 
singer's mouth. Coming so far through the clear, sunny 
atmosphere among the green tree-tops, I thought it h*d 
sounded airily and sweetly ; and the effect on my com- 
panions was the stranger. 

"Come," said Silver, struggling with his ashen lips 
245 



TREASURE ISLAND 

to get the word out, " this won't do. Stand by to go 
about This is a rum start, and I can't name the voice : 
but it's some one skylarking — some one that's flesh and 
blood, and you may lay to that." 

His courage had come back as he spoke, and some of 
the colour to his face along with it. Already the others 
had begun to lend an ear to this encouragement, and 
were coming a little to themselves, when the same 
voice broke out again — not this time singing, but in a 
faint distant hail, that echoed yet fainter among the 
clefts of the Spy-glass. 

"Darby M'Graw," it wailed — for that is the word 
that best describes the sound — "Darby M'Graw! Darby 
M'Graw ! " again and again and again; and then rising 
a little higher, and with an oath that I leave out, " Fetch 
aft the rum, Darby ! " 

The buccaneers remained rooted to the ground, their 
eyes starting from their heads. Long after the voice had 
died away they still stared in silence, dreadfully, before 
them. 

' ' That fixes it ! " gasped one. ' ' Let's go ! " 

"They was his last words/' moaned Morgan, "his 
last words above board." 

Dick had his Bible out, and was praying volubly. He 
had been well brought up, had Dick, before he came to 
sea and fell among bad companions. 

Still, Silver was unconquered. I could hear his teeth 
rattle in his head ; but he had not yet surrendered. 

" Nobody in this here island ever heard of Darby," he 
muttered; "not one but us that's here." And then, 
making a great effort, " Shipmates," he cried, " I'm here 
to get that stuff, and I'll not be beat by man nor devil. 



THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

I never was feared of Flint in his life, and, by the po>* ■ 
ers, I'll face him dead. There's seven hundred thousand 
pound not a quarter of a mile from here. When did 
ever a gentleman o' fortune show his stern to that much 
dollars, for a boosy old seaman with a blue mug — and 
him dead, too?" 

But there was no sign of re-awakening courage in his 
followers; rather, indeed, of growing terror at the ir- 
reverence of his words. 

" Belay there, John ! " said Merry. "Don't you cross 
a sperrit. " 

And the rest were all too terrified to reply. They 
would have run away severally had they dared; but fear 
kept them together, and kept them close by John, as if 
his daring helped them. He, on his part, had pretty 
well fought his weakness down. 

" Sperrit ? Well, maybe, " he said. "But there's one 
thing not clear to me. There was an echo. Now, no 
man ever seen a sperrit with a shadow; well, then, 
what's he doing with an echo to him, I should like to 
know ? That ain't in natur', surely ?" 

This argument seemed weak enough to me. But you 
can never tell what will affect the superstitious, and, to 
my wonder, George Merry was greatly relieved. 

"Well, that's so," he said. "You've a head upon 
your shoulders, John, and no mistake. 'Bout ship, 
mates! This here crew is on a wrong tack, I do believe. 
And come to think on it, it was like Flint's voice, I 
grant you, but not just so clear-away like it, after 
all. It was liker somebody else's voice now — it was 
liker " 

"By the powers, Ben Gunn! " roared Silver. 

247 



TREASURE ISLAND 

" Ay f and so it were/' cried Morgan, springing on bis 
knees. 4i Ben Gunn it were ! " 

"It don't make much odds, do it, now?" asked 
Dick. ** Ben Gunn's not here in the body, any more'n 
Flint" 

But the older hands greeted this remark with scorn. 

"Why, nobody minds Ben Gunn/* cried Merry; 
"dead or alive, nobody minds him." 

It was extraordinary how their spirits had returned, 
and how the natural colour had revived in their faces. 
Soon they were chatting together, with intervals of lis- 
tening; and not long after, hearing no further sound, 
they shouldered the tools and set forth again, Merry 
walking first with Silver's compass to keep them on 
the right line with Skeleton Island. He had said the 
truth : dead or alive, nobody minded Ben Gunn. 

Dick alone still held his Bible, and looked around him 
as he went, with fearful glances ; but he found no sym- 
pathy, and Silver even joked him on his precautions. 

M I told you," said he — "I told you, you had sp'iled 
your Bible. If it ain't no good to swear by, what do 
you suppose a sperrit would give for it? Not that!" 
and he snapped his big fingers, halting a moment on his 
crutch. 

But Dick was not to be comforted; indeed, it was 
soon plain to me that the lad was falling sick; hastened 
by heat, exhaustion, and the shock of his alarm, the fever, 
predicted by Doctor Livesey, was evidently growing 
swiftly higher. 

It was fine open walking here, upon the summit; our 
way lay a little down-hill, for, as I have said, the plateau 
tilted towards the west. The pines, great and small, 

24S 



THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

grew wide apart; and even between the clumps of nut- 
meg and azalea, wide open spaces baked in the hot sun- 
shine. Striking, as we did, pretty near north-west across 
the island, we drew, on the one hand, ever nearer under 
the shoulders of the Spy-glass, and on the other, looked 
ever wider over that western bay where I had once tossed 
and trembled in the coracle. 

The first of the tall trees was reached, and by the bear- 
ing, proved the wrong one. So with the second. The 
third rose nearly two hundred feet into the air above a 
clump of underwood; a giant of a vegetable, with a red 
column as big as a cottage, and a wide shadow around 
in which a company could have manoeuvred. It was 
conspicuous far to sea both on the east and west, and 
might have been entered as a sailing mark upon the 
chart. 

But it was not its size that now impressed my com- 
panions; it was the knowledge that seven hundred 
thousand pounds in gold lay somewhere buried below 
its spreading shadow. The thought of the money, as 
they drew nearer, swallowed up their previous terrors. 
Their eyes burned in their heads ; their feet grew speedier 
and lighter; their whole soul was bound up in that 
fortune, that whole lifetime of extravagance and pleasure, 
that lay waiting there for each of them. 

Silver hobbled, grunting, on his crutch; his nostrils 
stood out and quivered ; he cursed like a madman when 
the flies settled on his hot and shiny countenance; he 
plucked furiously at the line that held me to him, and, 
from time to time, turned his eyes upon me with a 
deadly look. Certainly he took no pains to hide his 
thoughts; and certainly I read them like print. In the 

249 



TREASURE ISLAND 

immediate nearness of the gold, all else had been for- 
gotten ; his promise and the doctor's warning were both 
things of the past; and I could not doubt that he hoped 
to seize upon the treasure, find and board the HiSpaniola 
under cover of night, cut every honest throat about that 
island, and sail away as he had at first intended, laden 
with crimes and riches. 

Shaken as I was with these alarms, it was hard for me 
to keep up with the rapid pace of the treasure-hunters. 
Now and again I stumbled ; and it was then that Silver 
plucked so roughly at the rope and launched at me his 
murderous glances. Dick, who had dropped behind us, 
and now brought up the rear, was babbling to himself 
both prayers and curses, as his fever kept rising. This 
also added to my wretchedness, and, to crown all, I was 
haunted by the thought of the tragedy that had once been 
acted on that plateau, when that ungodly buccaneer with 
the blue face — he who died at Savannah, singing and 
shouting for drink — had there, with his own hand, cut 
down his six accomplices. This grove, that was now 
so peaceful, must then have rung with cries, I thought; 
and even with the thought I could believe I heard it 
ringing still. 

We were now at the margin of the thicket. 

" Huzza, mates, all together ! " shouted Merry ; and the 
foremost broke into a run. 

And suddenly, not ten yards further, we beheld them 
stop. A low cry arose. Silver doubled his pace, digging 
away with the foot of his crutch like one possessed: 
and next moment he and I had come also to a dead halt. 

Before us was a great excavation, not very recent, for 
the sides had fallen in and grass had sprouted on th# 

250 



THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

bottom. In this were the shaft of a pick broken in two 
and the boards of several packing-cases strewn around. 
On one of these boards I saw, branded with a hot ffon, 
the name Walrm — the name of Flint's ship. 

All was clear to probation. The cache had been 
found and rifled: the seven hundred thousand pounds 
were gone! 



^51 _ 



CHAPTER XXXIif 

THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

There never was such an overturn in this world. Each 
of these six men was as though he had been struck. But 
with Silver the blow passed almost instantly. Every 
thought of his soul had been set full-stretch, like a racer, 
on that money; well, he was brought up in a single 
second, dead ; and he kept his head, found his temper, 
and changed his plan before the others had had time to 
realize the disappointment. 

"Jim," he whispered, "take that, and stand by for 
trouble." 

And he passed me a double-barrelled pistol. 

At the same time he began quietly moving northward, 
and in a few steps had put the hollow between us two 
and the other five. Then he looked at me and nodded., 
as much as to say, "Here is a narrow corner," as, in- 
deed, I thought it was. His looks were now quite 
friendly ; and I was so revolted at these constant changes, 
that I could not forbear whispering, " So you've changed 
sides again." 

There was no time left for him to answer in. The 
buccaneers, with oaths and cries, began to leap, one after 
another, into the pit, and to dig with their fingers, throw- 
ing the boards aside as they did so. Morgan found a 



THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

piece of gold. He held it up with a perfect spout of 
oaths. It was a two-guinea piece, and it went from 
hand to hand among them for a quarter of a minute, 

"Two guineas !" roared Merry, shaking it at Silver. 
" That's your seven hundred thousand pounds, is it ? 
You're the man for bargains, ain't you? You're him 
that never bungled nothing, you wooden-headed lub- 
ber!" 

"Dig away, boys/' said Silver, with the coolest in- 
solence; "you'll find some pig-nuts and I shouldn't 
wonder." 

" Pig-nuts! " repeated Merry, in a scream. "Mates, 
do you hear that? I tell you, now, that man there 
knew it all along. Look in the face of him, and you'll 
see it wrote there." 

"Ah, Merry," remarked Silver, "standing for cap'n 
again ? You're a pushing lad, to be sure." 

But this time every one was entirely in Merry's favour. 
They began to scramble out of the excavation, darting 
furious glances behind them. One thing I observed, 
which looked well for us : they all got out upon the op- 
posite side from Silver. 

Well, there we stood, two on one side, five on the 
other, the pit between us, and nobody screwed up high 
enough to offer the first blow. Silver never moved ; he 
watched them, very upright on his crutch, and looked 
as cool as ever I saw him. He was brave, and no mis- 
take. 

At last, Merry seemed to think a speech might help 
matters. 

"Mates," says he, "there's two of them alone there; 
one's the old cripple that brought us all here and blun 

253 



TREASURE ISLAND 

dered us down to this ; the other's that cub that I mean 
to have the heart of. Now, mates " 

He was raising his arm and his voice, and plainly 
meant to lead a charge. But just then — crack! crack! 
crack! — three musket-shots flashed out of the thicket. 
Merry tumbled head foremost into the excavation ; the 
man with the bandage spun round like a teetotum, and 
fell all his length upon his side, where he lay dead, but 
still twitching; and the other three turned and ran for it 
with all their might. 

Before you could wink, Long John had fired two bar- 
rels of a pistol into the struggling Merry ; and as the man 
rolled up his eyes at him in the last agony, " George/' 
said he, "I reckon I settled you." 

At the same moment the doctor. Gray, and Ben Gunn 
joined us, with smoking muskets, from among the nut- 
meg trees. 

"Forward!" cried the doctor. "Double quick, my 
lads. We must head 'em off the boats." 

And we set off at a great pace, sometimes plunging 
through the bushes to the chest. 

I tell you, but Silver was anxious to keep up with us. 
The work that man went through, leaping on his crutch 
till the muscles of his chest were fit to burst, was work 
no sound man ever equalled ; and so thinks the doctor. 
As it was, he was already thirty yards behind us, and 
on the verge of strangling, when we reached the brow 
of the slope. 

"Doctor," he hailed, "see there! no hurry!" 

Sure enough there was no hurry. In a more open 
part of the plateau, we could see the three survivors still 
running in the same direction as they had started, right 

254 




'LONG JOHN HAD FIRED TWO BARRELS OF A PISTOL INTO 
THE STRUGGLING MERRY" 



THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

for Mizzen-mast Hill. We were already between them 
and the boats; and so we four sat down to breathe, 
while Long John, mopping his face, came slowly up 
with us. 

" Thank ye kindly, doctor/' says he, " You came in 
in about the nick, I guess, for me and Hawkins. And 
so it's you, Ben Gunn!" he added. "Well, you're a 
nice one to be sure." 

"I'm Ben Gunn, I am," replied the maroon, wrig- 
gling like an eel in his embarrassment. "And," he 
added, after a long pause, " how do, Mr. Silver ? Pretty 
well, I thank ye, says you." 

"Ben, Ben," murmured Silver, "to think as you've 
done me!" 

The doctor sent back Gray for one of the pickaxes, 
deserted, in their flight, by the mutineers; and then as 
we proceeded leisurely down hill to where the boats 
were lying, related, in a few words, what had taken 
place. It was a story that profoundly interested Silver; 
and Ben Gunn, the half-idiot maroon, was the hero from 
beginning to end. 

Ben, in his long, lonely wanderings about the island, 
had found the skeleton — it was he that had rifled it ; he 
had found the treasure; he had dug it up (it was the 
haft of his pickaxe that lay broken in the excavation) ; 
he had carried it on his back, in many weary journeys, 
from the foot of the tall pine to a cave he had on the 
two-pointed hill at the north-east angle of the island, 
and there it had lain stored in safety since two months 
before the arrival of the Hispaniola. 

When the doctor had wormed this secret from him, 
<*n the afternoon of the attack, and when, next morning, 

255 



TREASURE ISLAND 

he saw the anchorage deserted, he had gone to Silver, 
given him the chart, which was now useless — given 
him the stores, for Ben Gunn's cave was well supplied 
with goats' meat salted by himself — given anything and 
everything to get a chance of moving in safety from the 
stockade to the two-pointed hill, there to be clear of 
malaria and keep a guard upon the money. 

"As for you, Jim," he said, "it went against my 
heart, but I did what I thought best for those who had 
stood by their duty; and if you were not one of these, 
whose fault was it ? " 

That morning, finding that I was to be involved in 
the horrid disappointment he had prepared for the mu- 
tineers, he had run all the way to the cave, and, leaving 
the squire to guard the captain, had taken Gray and the 
maroon, and started, making the diagonal across the 
island, to be at hand beside the pine. Soon, however, 
he saw that our party had the start of him; and Ben 
Gunn, being fleet of foot, had been despatched in front 
to do his best alone. Then it had occurred to him to 
work upon the superstitions of his former shipmates ; 
and he was so far successful that Gray and the doctor 
had come up and were already ambushed before the ar- 
rival of the treasure-hunters. 

"Ah," said Silver, "it were fortunate for me that I 
had Hawkins here. You would have let old John be 
cut to bits, and never given it a thought, doctor." 

"Not a thought," replied Doctor Livesey, cheerily. 

And by this time we had reached the gigs. The 
doctor, with a pickaxe, demolished one of them, and 
then we all got aboard the other, and set out to go 
round by sea for North Inlet. 

256 



THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

This was a run of eight or nine miles. Silver, though 
he was almost killed already with fatigue, was set to 
an oar, like the rest of us, and we were soon skimming 
swiftly over a smooth sea. Soon we passed out of the 
straits and doubled the south-east corner of the island, 
round which, four days ago, we had towed the Hispa- 
niola. 

As we passed th& two-pointed hill, we could see the 
black mouth of Ben Gunn's cave, and a figure standing 
by it, leaning on a musket. It was the squire ; and we 
waved a handkerchief and gave him three cheers, in 
which the voice of Silver joined as heartily as any. 

Three miles farther, just inside the mouth of North 
Inlet, what should we meet but the Hifpantola, cruising 
by herself? The last flood had lifted her; and had there 
been much wind, or a strong tide current, as in the 
southern anchorage, we should never have found her 
more, or found her stranded beyond help. As it was, 
there was little amiss, beyond the wreck of the mainsail. 
Another anchor was got ready, and dropped in a fathom 
and a half of water. We all pulled round again to Rum 
Cove, the nearest point for Ben Gunn's treasure-house; 
and then Gray, single-handed, returned with the gig to 
the Hi§paniola, where he was to pass the night on 
guard. 

A gentle slope ran up from the beach to the entrance 
of the cave. At the top, the squire met us. To me he 
was cordial and kind, saying nothing of my escapade, 
either in the way of blame or praise. At Silver's polite 
salute he somewhat flushed. 

1 'John Silver," he said, "you're a prodigious villain 
and impostor — a monstrous impostor, sir. I am told I 

257 



TREASURE ISLAND 

am not to prosecute you. Well, then, I will not But 
the dead men, sir, hang about your neck like mill- 
stones." 

"Thank you kindly, sir/' replied Long John, again 
saluting. 

"I dare you to thank me! " cried the squire. " It is 
a gross dereliction of my duty. Stand back." 

And thereupon we all entered the cave. It was a 
large, airy place, with a little spring and a pool of clear 
water, overhung with ferns. The floor was sand. Be- 
fore a big fire lay Captain Smollett ; and in a far corner, 
only duskily flickered over by the blaze, I beheld great 
heaps of coin and quadrilaterals built of bars of gold. 
That was Flint's treasure that we had come so far to 
seek, and that had cost already the lives of seventeen 
men from the Hispaniola. How many it had cost in the 
amassing, what blood and sorrow, what good ships 
scuttled on the deep, what brave men walking the plank 
blindfold, what shot of cannon, what shame and lies and 
cruelty, perhaps no man alive could tell. Yet there were 
still three upon that island — Silver, and old Morgan, 
and Ben Gunn — who had each taken his share in these 
crimes, as each had hoped in vain to share in the re- 
ward. 

"Come in, Jim," said the captain. "You're a good 
boy in your line, Jim ; but I don't think you and me'll go 
to sea again. You're too much of the born favourite for 
me. Is that you, John Silver ? What brings you here, 
man?" 

"Come back to my dooty, sir," returned Silver. 

" Ah ! " said the captain ; and that was all he said. 

What a supper I had of it that night, with all my 
258 



THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

friends around me ; and what a meal it was, with Ben 
Gunn's salted goat, and some delicacies and a bottle of 
old wine from the Hispaniola. Never, I am sure, were 
people gayer or happier. And there was Silver, sitting 
back almost out of the firelight, but eating heartily, 
prompt to spring forward when anything was wanted, 
even joining quietly in our laughter — the same bland, 
polite, obsequious seaman of the voyage out. 



2*9 



CHAPTER XXXIV 

AND LAST 

The next morning we fell early to work, for the trans- 
portation of this great mass of gold near a mile fr,y land 
to the beach, and thence three miles by boat to the 
HiSpaniola, was a considerable task for so small a num- 
ber of workmen. The three fellows still abroad upon 
the island did not greatly trouble us ; a single sentry on 
the shoulder of the hill was sufficient to insure us against 
any sudden onslaught, and we thought, Upsides, they 
had had more than enough of fighting. 

Therefore the work was pushed on brickly. Gray and 
Ben Gunn came and went with the boat, while the rest, 
during their absences, piled treasure on The beach. Two 
of the bars, slung in a rope's-end, made a good load for 
a grown man — one that he was glad to walk slowly 
with. For my part, as I was not much use at carrying, 
I was kept busy all day in the cave, packing the minted 
money into bread-bags. 

It was a strange collection, like Billy Bones's hoard 
for the diversity of coinage, but so much larger and so 
much more varied that I think I never had more pleas- 
ure than in sorting them. English, French, Spanish, 
Portuguese, Georges, and Louises, doubloons and double 
guineas and moidores and sequins, the pictures of all the 



CHAPTER LAST 

kings of Europe for the last hundred years, strange Ori- 
ental pieces stamped with what looked like wisps of 
string or bits of spider's web, round pieces and square 
pieces, and pieces bored through the middle, as if to 
wear them round your neck — nearly every variety of 
money in the world must, I think, have found a place 
in that collection ; and for number, 1 am sure they were 
like autumn leaves, so that my back ached with stoop- 
ing and my fingers with sorting them out. 

Day after day this work went on ; by every evening a 
fortune had been stowed aboard, but there was another 
fortune waiting for the morrow ; and all this time we 
heard nothing of the three surviving mutineers. 

At last — I think it was on the third night — the doc- 
tor and I were strolling on the shoulder of the hill where 
it overlooks the lowlands of the isle, when, from out the 
thick darkness below, the wind brought us a noise be- 
tween shrieking and singing. It was only a snatch that 
reached our ears, followed by the former silence. 

" Heaven forgive them, " said the doctor, M 'tis the mu- 
tineers! " 

" All drunk, sir/' struck in the voice of Silver from 
behind us. 

Silver, I should say, was allowed his entire liberty, 
and, in spite of daily rebuffs, seemed to regard himself 
once more as quite a privileged and friendly dependant 
Indeed, it was remarkable how well he bore these 
slights, and with what unwearying politeness he kept 
on trying to ingratiate himself with all. Yet, I think, 
none treated him better than a dog; unless it was Ben 
Gunn, who was still terribly afraid of his old quarter- 
master, or myself, who had really something to thank 

261 



TREASURE ISLAND 

him for; although for that matter, I suppose, I had 
reason to think even worse of him than anybody else, 
for I had seen him meditating a fresh treachery upon the 
plateau. Accordingly, it was pretty gruffly that the 
doctor answered him. 

" Drunk or raving,'' said he. 

" Right you were, sir," replied Silver; "and precious 
little odds which, to you and me." 

"1 suppose you would hardly ask me to call you a 
humane man," returned the doctor, with a sneer, "and 
so my feelings may surprise you, Master Silver. But if 
I were sure they were raving — as I am morally certain 
one, at least, of them is down with fever — I should 
leave this camp, and, at whatever risk to my own car- 
cass, take them the assistance of my skill." 

"Ask your pardon, sir, you would be very wrong," 
quoth Silver. "You would lose your precious life, and 
you may lay to that. I'm on your side now, hand and 
glove ; and I shouldn't wish for to see the party weak- 
ened, let alone yourself, seeing as 1 know what I owes 
you. But these men down there, they couldn't keep their 
word — no, not supposing they wished to ; and what's 
more, they couldn't believe as you could. " 

"No," said the doctor. "You're the man to keep 
your word, we know that." 

Well, that was about the last news we had of the 
three pirates. Only once we heard a gunshot a great 
way off, and supposed them to be hunting. A council 
was held, and it was decided that we must desert them 
on the island — to the huge glee, I must say, of Ben 
Gunn, and with the strong approval of Gray. We left a 
good stock of powder and shot, the bulk of the salt 

262 



CHAPTER LAST 

goat, a few medicines, and some other necessaries, tools, 
clothing, a spare sail, a fathom or two of rope, and, by 
the particular desire of the doctor, a handsome present 
of tobacco. 

That was about our last doing on the island. Before 
that, we had got the treasure stowed, and had shipped 
enough water and the remainder of the goat meat, in 
case of any distress ; and at last, one fine morning, we 
weighed anchor, which was about all that we could 
manage, and stood out of North Inlet, the same colours 
flying that the captain had flown and fought under at 
the palisade. 

The three fellows must have been watching us closer 
than we thought for, as we soon had proved. For, 
coming through the narrows, we had to lie very near 
the southern point, and there we saw all three of them 
kneeling together on a spit of sand, with their arms 
raised in supplication. It went to all our hearts, I think, 
to leave them in that wretched state ; but we could not 
risk another mutiny; and to take them home for the 
gibbet would have been a cruel sort of kindness. The 
doctor hailed them and told them of the stores we had 
left, and where they were to find them. But they con- 
tinued to call us by name, and appeal to us, for God's 
sake, to be merciful, and not leave them to die in such 
a place. 

At last, seeing the ship still bore on her course, and 
was now swiftly drawing out of earshot, one of them — 
I know not which it was — leapt to his feet with a hoarse 
cry, whipped his musket to his shoulder, and sent a 
shot whistling over Silver's head and through the main 
sail. 

263 



TREASURE ISLAND 

After that, we kept under cover of the bulwarks, and 
when next I looked out they had disappeared from the 
spit, and the spit itself had almost melted out of sight in 
the growing distance. That was, at least, the end of 
that; and before noon, to my inexpressible joy, the 
highest rock of Treasure Island had sunk into the blue 
round of sea. 

We were so short of men, that every one on board 
had to bear a hand — only the captain lying on a mat- 
tress in the stern and giving his orders; for, though 
greatly recovered he was still in want of quiet. We 
laid her head for the nearest port in Spanish America, 
for we could not risk the voyage home without fresh 
hands; and as it was, what with baffling winds and a 
couple of fresh gales, we were all worn out before we 
reached it. 

It was just at sundown when we cast anchor in a 
most beautiful land-locked gulf, and were immediately 
surrounded by shore boats full of negroes, and Mexican 
Indians, and half-bloods, selling fruits and vegetables, 
and offering to dive for bits of money. The sight of so 
many good-humoured faces (especially the blacks), the 
taste of the tropical fruits, and above all, the lights that 
began to shine in the town, made a most charming con- 
trast to our dark and bloody sojourn on the island ; and 
the doctor and the squire, taking me along with them, 
went ashore to pass the early part of the night. Here 
they met the captain of an English man-of-war, fell in 
talk with him, went on board his ship, and, in short, 
had so agreeable a time, that day was breaking when we 
came alongside the Hixpaniola. 

Ben Gunn was on deck alone, and, as soon as we 
264 



CHAPTER LAST 

came on board, he began, with wonderful contortions* 
to make us a confession. Silver was gone. The ma- 
roon had connived at his escape in a shore boat some 
hours ago, and he now assured us he had only done so 
to preserve our lives, which would certainly have been 
forfeit if " that man with the one leg had stayed aboard." 
But this was not all. The sea-cook had not gone empty- 
handed. He had cut through a bulkhead unobserved, 
and had removed one of the sacks of coin, worth, pejr- 
haps, three or four hundred guineas, to help him on his 
further wanderings. 

1 think we were all pleased to be so cheaply quit of 
him. 

Well, to make a long story short, we got a few hands 
on board, made a good cruise home, and the Hispaniola 
reached Bristol just as Mr. Blandly was beginning to 
think of fitting out her consort. Five men only of thosfc 
who had sailed returned with her. "Drink and the 
devil had done for the rest," with a vengeance; al- 
though, to be sure, we were not quite in so bad a case 
as that other ship they sang about: 

" With one man of her crew alive, 
What put to sea with seventy-five. w 

AH of us had an ample share of the treasure, and used 
it wisely or foolishly, according to our natures. Cap- 
tain Smollett is now retired from the sea. Gray not 
only saved his money, but, being suddenly smit with 
the desire to rise, also studied his profession ; and he fe 
now mate and part owner of a fine full-rigged ship; 
married besides, and the father of a family. As for Bell 
Gunn, he got a thousand pounds, which he spent of 

26s 



TREASURE ISLAND 

lost in three weeks, or, to be more exact, in nineteen 
days, for he was back begging on the twentieth. Then 
he was given a lodge to keep, exactly as he had feared 
upon the island; and he still lives, a great favourite, 
though something of a butt, with the country boys, and 
a notable singer in church on Sundays and saints' days. 

Of Silver we have heard no more. That formidable 
seafaring man with one leg has at last gone clean out of 
my life; but I daresay he met his old negress, and per- 
haps still lives in comfort with her and Captain Flint. 
It is to be hoped so, I suppose, for his chances of com- 
fort in another world are very small. 

The bar silver and the arms still lie, for all that I know, 
where Flint buried them ; and certainly they shall lie 
there for me. Oxen and wain-ropes would not bring 
me back again to that accursed island ; and the worst 
dreams that ever I have are when I hear the surf boom- 
ing about its coasts, or start upright in bed, with the 
sharp voice of Captain Flint still ringing in my ears: 
** Pieces of eight ! pieces of eight ! " 



b